Golden Sun: The Lost Age
Game Script
Author - TheSinnerChrono
Email - desuchama@yahoo.com
Version - v01
Updated -
Created - 02/16/2007
Number - 014
http://www.gamefaqs.com/features/recognition/56771.html
Note 1: Please be aware that this document contains massive spoilers for this
game in potentially every section. If you do not want to risk ruining
any surprises this game may offer, then stop reading now.
Note 2: To skip to a particular section, bring up the search function in the
program being used to view this file, and enter the code associated
with the desired segment (including the brackets).
A list of search codes can be found in the Table of Contents below.
Note 3: In section titles, the word in []s is the name of the continent or sea
in which a given area resides.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$# [xx'00] --- Table of Contents --- [xx'00] #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[00'AA] Introduction
[00'A1] Characters
[00'A2] Notes
[01'00] Script
[01'01] Prologue
[01'02] [Indra] Daila
[01'03] [Indra] Shrine of the Sea God
[01'04] [Indra] Daila
[01'05] [Indra] Kandorean Temple
[01'06] [Indra] East Indra Shore
[01'07] [Indra] Madra
[01'08] [Indra] Madra Drawbridge
[01'09] [Indra / Osenia] Osenia Cliffs
[01'10] [Osenia] Yampi Desert
[01'11] [Osenia] Alhafra
[01'12] [Osenia] Air's Rock
[01'13] [Osenia] Garoh
[01'14] [Osenia] Mikasalla
[01'15] [Indra] Madra
[01'16] [Indra / Gondowan] Gondowan Cliffs
[01'17] [Gondowan] Naribwe
[01'18] [Gondowan] Kibombo Mountains
[01'19] [Gondowan] Kibombo
[01'20] [Gondowan] Naribwe
[01'21] [Indra] Madra
[01'22] [Indra] East Indra Shore
[01'23] [Great Eastern Sea] Apojii Islands
[01'24] [Great Eastern Sea] Aqua Rock
[01'25] [Great Eastern Sea] Izumo
[01'26] [Great Eastern Sea] Gaia Rock
[01'27] [Great Eastern Sea] Izumo
[01'28] [Angara] Champa
[01'29] [Osenia] Alhafra
[01'30] [Angara] Champa
[01'31] [Sea of Time] Lemuria
[01'32] [Osenia] Yallam
[01'33] [Great Eastern Sea] Isles
[01'34] [Great Western Sea] Isles
[01'35] [Hesperia] Hesperia Settlement
[01'36] [Hesperia] Shaman Village
[01'37] [Atteka] Atteka Inlet
[01'38] [Atteka] Contigo
[01'39] [Atteka] Jupiter Lighthouse
[01'40] [Atteka] Contigo
[01'41] [Atteka] Atteka Inlet
[01'42] [Atteka] Contigo
[01'43] [Gondowan] Gondowan Settlement
[01'44] [Gondowan] Magma Rock
[01'45] [Angara] Loho
[01'46] [Great Western Sea] Northern Reaches
[01'47] [Northern Reaches] Prox
[01'48] [Northern Reaches] Mars Lighthouse
[01'49] [Northern Reaches] Prox
[01'50] Epilogue
[02'00] Addenda
[02'01] Djinn & Summons
[02'02] Transfer-prompted Events
[02'03] Naribwe Fortuneteller
[02'04] Optional Bosses
[00'BB] Closing
[00'B1] Version History
[00'B2] Credits
[00'B3] Contributions
[00'B4] Hosting
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$# [00'AA] --- Introduction --- [00'AA] #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [00'A1] --- Characters --- [00'A1] #$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Felix #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#
A Venus (earth elemental) Adept (user of Psynergy), and Jenna's brother. He fell
into the river in Vale during the boulder incident, and was presumed dead when
the boulder crashed into the waters.
However, Saturos and Menardi found him, and took him to their town to the far
north. He assists them with their endeavor to ignite the beacons, both as
repayment for saving his life and as a form of ransom for the release of
his parents and Isaac's father, who were also rescued along with Felix.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Jenna #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#
A Mars (fire) Adept, who lives in Vale. When Saturos and Menardi were unable to
take the Mars Star from Isaac due to Mt. Aleph's sudden eruption, they kidnapped
Jenna so that Isaac would follow them and they could acquire the star at a
later date.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Sheba #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#
A Jupiter Adept who was taken in by Faran and his family in Lalivero. According
to Faran and some of Lalivero's residents, Sheba literally fell from the sky,
"creating a massive depression in the [Venus] ruins" - but miraculously, she
wasn't harmed at all. Some consider her the "holy child of Lalivero," while
others find themselves skeptical of the tale of her arrival, as well as
her power (Psynergy) being real.
Babi ordered that Sheba be held hostage in Tolbi, so as to force Lalivero's
citizens to work on his "Babi Lighthouse" being constructed near them.
Saturos and Menardi then abducted her from Babi's palace so that they could
use her to gain access to Jupiter Lighthouse (each lighthouse requires
an Adept of its alignment in order to enter).
#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Piers #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#
A Mercury (water) Adept from Lemuria, whose only living relative is his uncle.
King Hydros had been planning to send Piers out of Lemuria (despite the senate's
law prohibiting anyone from leaving) so that he might attempt to set the beacons
ablaze.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Kraden #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
An elderly scholar who came to Vale from Tolbi to further his study of Psynergy.
He was kidnapped along with Jenna.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Saturos and Menardi #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
Mars Adepts from the far north who traveled with Alex to light the beacons.
They were killed atop Venus Lighthouse.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Agatio and Karst #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
Mars Adepts from the far north that Alex enlisted to replace Saturos & Menardi,
the latter of whom was Karst's sister.
#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Alex #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$
A Mercury Adept, and previously Mia's apprentice. He, like Saturos and Menardi
who he traveled with, seeks to activate the beacons of the lighthouses.
He intends to claim their combined power.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Isaac #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#
A Venus Adept, who lives in Vale. During the boulder incident three years ago,
he lost his father, named Kyle.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Garet #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#
A Mars Adept, who lives in Vale with Isaac.
#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Ivan #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$
A Jupiter Adept, who was taken in and raised by Hammet of Kalay. Hamma of Lama
Temple is actually his sister--they both hail from the Anemos of Atteka.
Several years prior to Hammet's founding of Kalay, he had begun traveling to
look for business, having felt that he had "reached an impasse as a merchant".
His journey took him to Atteka, where he lost consciousness and was rescued by
a few Jupiter Adepts from Contigo, Ivan's mother among them.
She gave Hammet the Shaman's Rod, some golden doubloons and advised him to buy
silk from xian and sell it in Tolbi. In exchange for all of this, she asked him
to take in Ivan, whom she she was unable to care for, and to take Ivan to Shaman
Village of Hesperia when he was ready so that he might claim the Hover Jade
(Contigo and Shaman Village have quite a history together).
#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Mia #$
#$#$#$#$#$#
A Mercury Adept, who used her curative powers to tend to the sick in Imil during
the epidemic they experienced. Alex was her apprentice.
#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Babi #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$
The ruler of Tolbi. Thanks to a mystical draught crafted in Lemuria that slows
the aging process, Babi has been able to live for one-hundred and fifty years.
However, that draught is running out.
He ordered several scholars, including Kraden, to research Psynergy - the means
by which the draught was created - in the hopes of being able to produce more.
Unfortunately, all efforts made were for naught, for he has now passed away.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Hydros #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
The ruler of Lemuria. He frequently holds debates with Conservato--the highest
member of the senate--regarding the state of Weyard. Hydros believes that the
world is eroding at its edges and that its continents are shrinking without the
nourishing power of Alchemy to sustain Weyard's life--whereas Conservato thinks
that all which Hydros maintains is nothing but madness itself.
Hydros is actually correct.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# The Wise One / The Stone of Sages #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
A floating stone with one eye that possesses enormous Psynergetic power.
It previously protected the Elemental Stars in Sol Sanctum.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [00'A2] --- Notes --- [00'A2] #$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Key: Scenes #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
" * - Text "
Descriptions of character actions, etcetera.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Multiple choice situations #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
-(Text)
Following the above would be the events prompted by a particular option.
The number of hyphens corresponds to the choice layer--i.e., the first set
of options will have one hyphen, the second set will have two, and so on.
One equal sign accounts for two hyphens.
* "[see below]" is used when a given option MUST be selected to proceed.
* "[no script]" is used when any option can be chosen, but the one in question
has no responses associated with it (i.e., it skips to the set of script that
is triggered regardless of one's choice/s).
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# "Social Script" #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
Optional conversations with various characters; for example, townspeople.
If a conversation remains the same as when one was last in a given area,
then it may be omitted from subsequent visits.
"{S}" = Spoken
"{M}" = Mental (using "Mind Read" Psynergy, which requires a Jupiter Adept)
"{O}" = Object (for example, the game provides a description of the
contents of a wardrobe when one is examined)
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Speaker identification #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
[Item] = Item vendor
[Weapon] = Weapon vendor
[Armor] = Armor vendor
[General] = Item/weapon/armor vendor
Abbreviations:
Dau = Daughter
G. = Great (i.e., Great Healer)
X's = Xyz's (father, sister, etc)
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$# [01'00] --- Script --- [01'00] #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'01] --- Prologue --- [01'01] #$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Recap #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#
Ages ago, or so the stories tell, the power of Alchemy rules over the world of
Weyard. Alchemy wrought the base elements of humanity into thriving civil-
izations, like lead into gold. But in time, man's dreams gave birth to untold
strife. Dreams of endless riches, of eternal life, of dominion over all that
lived... Dreams of conquest and of war. These dreams would have torn the world
apart if not for a few brave and wise men, who sealed away the power of Alchemy
deep in Mt. Aleph's Sol Sanctum.
[ Prologue from Book One ]
The town of Vale guarded the secret for many years, until Isaac and Jenna,
whose parents died in a storm 3 years before, disturbed the sanctum. Saturos
and Menardi, of the Mars Clan, following them into the sanctum. With them
traveled Jenna's brother, Felix, thought lost in that same tragic storm.
Saturos and Menardi stole the Elemental Stars, the keys to breaking the seal
on the power of Alchemy, and kidnapped Jenna and the scholar Kraden.
If these four jewels were used to fire the elemental lighthouses, the seal on
Alchemy would be broken.
Isaac and Garet set out to stop Saturos, rescue their friends, and return the
Elemental Stars to their home in Sol Sanctum. They banded together with a young
Wind Adept named Ivan and pursued Saturos and Menardi to Imil, a winter-locked
town near Mercury Lighthouse. There, they met the guardian of the lighthouse,
a Water Adept named Mia. With her, they pursued Saturos to the aerie high atop
Mercury Lighthouse. Isaac was too late to stop Saturos from lighting the beacon
and escaping.
Again Isaac chased him, crossing Angara to the shores of the Karagol Sea.
Taking passage on a troubled ship, Isaac crossed the Karagol to Tolbi. He spoke
with Tolbi's leader, a strange man named Babi. Babi entered Isaac in Colosso as
a test of his powers. Isaac's Psynergy won Colosso and earned him Babi's trust.
Babi revealed a great secret to Isaac... Thanks to mystic draught from the lost
land of Lemuria, Babi had lived for 150 years! He offered to help Isaac,
who then headed deep into Gondowan.
In the town of Lalivero, Isaac learned that Saturos and Menardi had kidnapped a
young girl named Sheba, whom they needed within the lighthouse. Isaac fought and
defeated them atop the lighthouse, but he was too late--the beacon had been lit.
A great cataclysm followed. Sheba fell into the sea. Felix jumped in to save
her, but both were lost in the roiling waves. Jenna left the lighthouse to
find them, but to no avail...
Isaac went to Lalivero, where Babi asked him to find Lemuria and the remaining
lighthouses. He gave Isaac a Lemurian ship to make the journey for the lost
land.
This chapter of our story begins with Jenna, just before the beacon on Venus
Lighthouse is lit...
Camelot Presents
Golden Sun Book Two
The Lost Age
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Venus Lighthouse - Room with electric barrier #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - Felix, Jenna and Kraden are present. Felix uses the Psynergy "Move" to
push a statue onto the switch that deactivates the electrical barrier.
Afterwards, Felix heads back through the lighthouse to the aerie, leaving
Jenna and Kraden to head out of the building themselves. They head for
the nearby stairway, but Jenna stops.
Jenna : Are you sure we should be leaving like this? Once we go down those
stairs, we can't get back into the lighthouse. Maybe I should have
stopped my brother...
Kraden : Jenna, is something troubling you?
Jenna : I just...
Kraden : What is it? What's wrong?
Jenna : I have a bad feeling... Like something terrible is going to happen.
* - Alex teleports into the room.
Alex : How unlike you, Jenna.
* - Jenna and Kraden appear caught off guard.
Alex : Surprised to see me?
Kraden : A-Alex... Were you listening?
* - Alex looks around.
Alex : Where's Felix? Why isn't he here with you?
Jenna : My brother? He left us.
Alex : What can Felix possibly be thinking?
Kraden : He was worried about Sheba. He went to check on her.
Alex : He was supposed to be leading you out of here! I thought you would
have been far from this lighthouse by now. Why are you still here?
Kraden : We tried to stop Felix from going back up to the aerie.
Alex : How like him. Once Felix gets an idea into his head, he rarely
changes his mind.
Jenna : Alex, what were you talking about just now? What did you mean when
you said... "How unlike you"?
Alex : I was merely surprised to hear you expressing such concern, Jenna.
Nevertheless, I'm impressed Felix went back...
Jenna : Don't change the subject, Alex! What did you mean!? Are you saying
that I'm insensitive!?
Alex : If that's what you heard, then I must have misspoken.
Accept my apologies.
Kraden : Well, Jenna, I think Alex has said his piece on the matter...
Jenna : I'm not sure he had, Kraden.
* - She turns back to him.
Jenna : Who do you think you are, talking to me like that!?
Alex : I retract my statement, my dear. Forget all about it, Jenna.
So tell me about this "feeling," Jenna...
Jenna : I'm just...I'm not sure we should be leaving Venus Lighthouse yet...
Kraden : What are you saying?
Alex : You can't really mean to remain here...
Kraden : Alex is right. It's far too dangerous, Jenna. We would only hinder
the others...
Jenna : The others? Did Isaac follow us to the lighthouse?
Kraden : It would seem so.
Jenna : He must be trying to stop Saturos and Menardi! If my brother goes
back and finds Isaac, they're going to end up fighting.
Alex : If the Venus Lighthouse has not yet been lit, yes. They will fight.
Kraden : Felix is a terribly rash young man, is he not?
Jenna : Why are boys such fools?
Kraden : He may be rash, but Felix is no fool. His good qualities outweigh
his bad...
Jenna : That's why I think Isaac would understand if we just talked to him.
Why didn't I think of this before now? Please... Can't we go back up
and talk to Isaac?
Alex : I'm afraid that's not possible.
Jenna : Alex, why?
Alex : He is an enemy.
Jenna : Isaac? An enemy?
Alex : Our methods may differ, but you and I ultimately want the same
thing...
Kraden : To light the elemental lighthouses...
Alex : Isaac and his friends would prevent this from happening.
Jenna : So that makes them enemies?
Alex : But fear not... They won't be able to defeat Saturos and Menardi.
So... Felix went back to the top of the lighthouse?
Kraden : Why do you seem so pleased, Alex!
Alex : Why shouldn't I be? After all, the lighthouse will soon shine
brightly once again!
Jenna : Alex, why do you want to see the beacon lit so badly?
Alex : Oh, so it's my turn to answer questions, is it? Once, Alchemy was
commonplace throughout this world... With its power, mankind worked
wonders across the land...
Kraden : The lost age of man...
Alex : I want to see that world restored once again, and...
Jenna : And what, Alex?
Alex : We've spoken long enough already. Let us continue this another time.
We should leave the lighthouse now, before the beacon is fired...
Kraden : I concur... Let's meet at the location we agreed on and wait for
Felix.
Jenna : All right, Kraden, let's go.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Venus Lighthouse - Outside #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
????? : There they are! Get 'em!
* - Five soldiers and five other men are present.
Soldier 1 : Iodem sent us to stand guard here, but...
Soldier 2 : I never thought we'd actually run into them!
Man 1 : Scoundrels! What have you done with Sheba?
Man 2 : Return her now, or you're really going to regret it!
Soldier 4 : Um... Aren't there supposed to be more of them?
Soldier 5 : Huh... Maybe they're just the first ones to come out...
Man 4 : Great! That means we've got 'em outnumbered!
Man 5 : We can probably take 'em, you think?
Soldier 5 : Go fetch the other Tolbi soldiers still stationed in Lalivero...
Soldier 3 : Yes, sir!
* - Soldier 3 departs.
Man 5 : And we'll go tell the guys in the caves!
Man 3 : Got it, Boss!
Kraden : How unfortunate... It looks like an ambush. What should we do,
Jenna?
Jenna : What do you mean? Look around... We'll have to fight them!
Alex : Are you serious? Jenna, are you really prepared to fight these men?
Jenna : We don't have any other choice. We have to...
Alex : Well, then. Allow me to shoulder some of your burden.
* - Alex steps forward.
Kraden : ...Burden?
Alex : We regroup along the road leading away from Lalivero. Do you
understand?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : You don't need to remind us, Alex. We know the place.
-(No)
Kraden : It's quite simple, Jenna. The meeting place is in the direction
opposite Lalivero.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Alex : Follow this road west, and take the path down through the canyon
to the cave. On the other side of that cave, you will find a small
peninsula called Idejima. We meet there.
Thankfully, only those workmen block your route.
Jenna : And fortunately...
Kraden : They don't look too tough...
Man 1 : Hello! We can hear you!!!
Man 2 : That's just plain rude!
Alex : Why don't the two of you escape and leave the Tolbi soldiers to me?
Jenna : The two of us? Alone?
Alex : You can use Psynergy, can't you, Jenna?
Jenna : Um... Yes.
Alex : Then you'll be fine. We shall reconvene at the peninsula.
Soldier 1 : You think you can take on Tolbi's finest on your own, little man?
Alex : I do not wish to inflict unnecessary bloodshed.
Soldier 2 : Don't wish to... What's that supposed to mean?
Alex : If you lay a hand on these two, I assure you that you will be made
to regret it.
* - Two of the soldiers approach Alex.
Alex : By advancing, I assume you mean to fight. Permit me to strike the
first blow.
* - He uses his Mercury Psynergy throw the two soldiers away with a blast of
water.
Soldier 4 : What was that!?
Soldier 5 : I don't know, but whatever he did, it's out of our league!
* - Soldier 4 turns to the workmen.
Soldier 4 : You guys deal with him until backup arrives!
Alex : Oh, so you're next?
Man 1 : Hey, no need to worry about us!
Man 2 : We're not soldiers... We're not anybody!
Man 4 : Seriously, there's no way we're gonna face off against you.
Man 5 : Let's get outta here!
* - The workmen flee.
Alex : How undignified... and how shameful. Jenna, now is your chance.
Go to Idejima and wait for me.
* - Soldier 4 approaches Alex.
Alex : I'm not finished with you yet.
* - The soldier backs up.
Alex : You mentioned backup from Lalivero? Let's go meet them together,
shall we?
Soldier 4 : Hey, pal! When they get here, you'll really be in for it!
Alex : Do you honestly believe that even a hundred of you could stop me?
How amusing... This I must see.
* - The soldiers continue to back up as Alex advances.
Kraden : They're gone... Come on, Jenna. Let's be going. There's nothing
standing in our way now!
Jenna : But...
Kraden : What is it now? Ah... You're worried about hurting any innocents?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : Well, just try to hold back when you're fighting.
-(No)
Kraden : Oh. You must be concerned about Felix. We can't do anything to help
him here.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : Let's get going! To the peninsula!
* - If you try to head to the east:
Kraden : Not that way, Jenna! The meeting spot is west of here. We must go
down that road and into the hills.
* - To the west, Man 3 is present.
Man 3 : Why do I gotta be the one to wait for backup!?
* - He notices Jenna and Kraden.
Man 3 : Yaaah! P-P-Please! Just let me go, and... Hey! That scary guy with
the blue hair's not with you... Great! Now, you'll se what I'm
really made of!
* - The man engages Jenna in combat. After defeating him:
Man 3 : Ugggh. I can't believe I got beaten by a girl...
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Suhalla Gate - Screen 1 #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
Man : Waahhh! It's them! Who there... Where'd the blue-haired guy go?
Who cares! I can handle some girl and her grandpa!
* - After defeating him:
Man : Ooooog. Maybe I shouldn't have underestimated her...
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Suhalla Gate - Screen 2 #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - When trying to head past the path to the Gateway Cave:
Kraden : Not that way, Jenna! The meeting spot is down this way. We must
climb down here and go into that cave.
* - When trying to enter the Gateway Cave, three men jump out.
Man 1 : Ha! That was a good idea, waiting here for 'em! You two aren't going
anywhere!
Man 3 : Except with us, back to Master Iodem!
* - After defeating them:
Man 1 : Maybe I should have eaten a bigger breakfast.
Man 2 : Oh, man... There goes my big promotion...
Man 3 : All right, so maybe you are going somewhere after all...
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Suhalla Gate - Gateway Cave #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - A "Punch Ant" (an ant with boxing gloves) appears. After defeating it:
Kraden : My! That was invigorating! He wasn't too strong... I never knew
fighting could be so fun! Ah, but we'd better get on to the
peninsula...
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Idejima #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
Kraden : This is the place, isn't it?
* - Regardless of whether the player selects yes or no:
Kraden : The peninsula at the end of the road to the west... That's what he
told us. This must be Idejima! Hm... Menardi said a ship would be
here... We ought to see if we can find it.
* - They look for a short time.
Kraden : Jenna, it's over here! At first glance, it seems like a normal ship,
but... There's something odd about it...
* - Kraden darts onto the ship.
Jenna : Kraden, wait! Oh, I swear! You're like a kid with a new toy!
* - After a while, he still hasn't come back.
Jenna : Hurry up in there!
* - He returns.
Jenna : What's wrong?
Kraden : It's missing...
Jenna : Hm? What are you talking about?
Kraden : The thingie... that makes it go.
Jenna : What do you mean? What's so important about this... thingie?
Kraden : The boat can't move without it...
Jenna : That Menardi! She tricked us!
Kraden : Tricked us?
Jenna : Yeah, by passing this dud boat off on us!
Kraden : There's no trick. If this boat is a dud, how did it get here in the
first place?
Jenna : Oh, right.
* - Kraden paces, thinking.
Kraden : It must have been the orb...
Jenna : What orb?
Kraden : Don't you remember that crystal Saturos was carrying?
Jenna : That big, black pearl thing?
Kraden : I'm certain he said he could move the ship with it.
Alex : Jenna, Kraden!
* - Alex emerges from the Gateway Cave.
Alex : There you are. I see you've found the boat. We set sail as soon as
the beacon has been fired, correct?
* - Jenna nods. Everyone looks at the lighthouse across the water.
Kraden : Strange...
Alex : What is it?
Kraden : The beacon... It hasn't been lit yet.
Alex : You're right... Why is it taking so long?
Jenna : And why hasn't my brother returned?
* - Light shines from the aerie. The area around the lighthouse vibrates.
Kraden : They've done it, Jenna! They've lit the beacon!
* - The vibrations intensify, becoming an earthquake.
Jenna : What's happening, Kraden!? Why won't the ground stop shaking?
* - The foundation of the lighthouse begins to crumble.
Alex : Strange... I think it might actually be getting worse!
Jenna : I think the lighthouse is collapsing! Look! The ground around it is
crumbling!
Kraden : Mercury Lighthouse didn't react this way... What makes Venus
different?
* - Due the earthquake, Idejima is completely severed from Gondowan.
Alex : That last tremor tore a rift in the Suhalla Range!
Jenna : How are we going to get back to Gondowan now!?
* - Idejima begins to drift out to sea.
Kraden : Idejima... It's drifting away from the mainland!
Jenna : But... what will happen to us?
* - The screen blanks out. Some time passes.
Jenna : Oh, Kraden... How long will this island continue to drift?
Kraden : I don't know... I wish you could tell me.
Jenna : Sheesh... You're no help in times like this.
Kraden : Hey, I'm hungry...
Jenna : How can you even think about food? I wonder what happened to my
brother..
Kraden : I can't be certain, but it looks like they lit the Venus beacon.
Jenna : Yeah, I know. You don't have to tell me that. That's how we wound up
adrift at sea, right?
Kraden : My, aren't you cranky today, Jenna! Well, I suppose you're just
worried about Felix.
Jenna : Isaac and the others must have been at the lighthouse, too.
Kraden : I suspect you're right...
Jenna : I miss them... Isaac... Felix...
* - Alex walks up to them.
Alex : Come with me. There is something I wish to show you.
* - They head to the beach at the other end of the peninsula, where Felix and
Sheba have washed ashore.
Kraden : Felix! Sheba!
Jenna : Felix... Sheba...
Kraden : They... They're alive...
Jenna : They're really alive!
Kraden : What is this? Alex, what happened?
* - The screen blanks out. The Golden Sun: The Lost Age logo appears. When the
scene switches back to the game, Felix and Sheba have been brought off the
beach.
Kraden : I thought Felix and Sheba were still inside the lighthouse.
Alex : It's miraculous.
Jenna : Miracle or no, I'm just happy my brother's alive.
* - Sheba moves a bit. Kraden didn't notice.
Kraden : What happened back there?
Alex : ...
* - Kraden seems puzzled as to Alex's lack of response.
Jenna : Sheba...
Sheba : Oh...
Kraden : Thank the elements, she's awake!
Jenna : Sheba, are you all right? It's me, Jenna.
Sheba : Jenna?
* - Sheba sits up.
Sheba : What... happened?
Kraden : It seems you drifted here with Felix.
Sheba : With Felix...?
* - Sheba comes to her feet.
Jenna : Take your time... Do you feel all right, Sheba?
* - She nods and examines her surroundings.
Sheba : Where are we?
Alex : Idejima. We were all to meet here... But now, the island is floating
away from Gondowan.
Sheba : This island is moving?
Kraden : I know it must be very hard to believe, Sheba.
Jenna : When the Venus Lighthouse was lit, a massive tremor tore us off
the continent...
Alex : The ground beneath the lighthouse roiled, as though it might crumble
away.
Sheba : I remember now... And that's what carried us away from Gondowan.
Kraden : But what happened to you, Sheba? You were in the sea, and Saturos--
Sheba : Saturos and Menardi are gone...
Alex : What do you mean?
Sheba : Another group came... They fought Saturos and Menardi and won.
Jenna : Was it Isaac?
Sheba : Isaac... Yes, I think that's what they called him...
Alex : You expect me to believe Isaac and his companions defeated Saturos
and Menardi?
* - Sheba nods.
Alex : Have they really grown so powerful in so short a time?
Kraden : But how did you wind up in the sea?
Sheba : When the beacon was lit, the earthquake knocked me off the light-
house tower.
* - Felix moves slightly. No one notices quite yet.
Jenna : Then what's my brother doing here?
Sheba : He tried to save me from drowning...
Kraden : Felix jumped from the top of the lighthouse!? Dear me!
* - Alex notices Felix moving.
Alex : Felix... are you awake?
Kraden : Ah! Felix, you're awake!
Jenna : Brother...
* - He stands.
Jenna : Are you sure you should be standing?
* - He looks around.
Kraden : You don't seem very surprised to find yourself on a floating island.
Alex : Felix, once you'd saved Sheba, you must have swum out here, correct?
You must have seen that this island was floating when you were
swimming.
Jenna : But what do we do now?
Sheba : I have no idea. Nobody knows what lies beyond the Eastern Sea.
Kraden : Unfortunately, I am a student of Alchemy, not geography...
* - Alex sees something.
Sheba : What is it... Alex?
Kraden : What's the matter?
Alex : Can't you see it?
* - They look closer.
Jenna : It's land! An island!
Sheba : It's a little... big for an island.
Kraden : That's no island... It's a new continent!
Jenna : We're saved!
Kraden : So it would seem...
Sheba : Wait...
Jenna : What is it?
Sheba : We're going to pass north of the continent...
Kraden : She's right!
Sheba : I don't think we're going to make it!
Jenna : Oh, Kraden... Felix... What are we going to do?
Felix : ???
* - Kraden notices something else.
Kraden : Oh... This can't be good.
Jenna : What... is it?
Sheba : It's... a tidal wave.
Jenna : A tidal wave?
Sheba : The earthquake must have caused it!
Kraden : Oh... Oh my... It's coming right at us!
Jenna : Alex... How can you stay so calm at a time like this?
Alex : At times like this, where would be the good in panicking?
Sheba : We'll be washed away!
Kraden : Help!!!
* - The tidal wave hits Idejima. Some time passes, and Felix, Jenna, Sheba and
Kraden lie unconscious on the peninsula-turned-island. Both Alex and
Saturos's ship are missing.
On the bright side, the wave pushed Idejima into the new continent: Indra.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Idejima - Indra #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - Felix awakens first.
[game] : Do you want to check yourself for injuries?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
[game] : Looks like the arms are still attached. That's a good start.
The legs are working fine, too. Yup. You're fine!
-(No)
[game] : You walk around a bit, and everything seems fine.
-----------------------------------------------------------
* - Jenna:
Jenna : What... What am I doing down here? Oh... I must have blacked out
when the wave hit... Hey! We've hit land! That wave must have
carried us here! What luck! Have you checked everyone else?
Are they all right?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Jenna : Great! Then let's go!
-(No)
Jenna : Then let's go find them and get off this island!
-----------------------------------------------------------
[game] : Jenna joined your party.
* - Kraden:
Kraden : Oooog... Oh... Felix... Ouch... That was quite a blow... What
happened when that wave hit? Felix, look! That wave carried us
to the continent! We've hit solid land! Let's go, Felix!
[game] : Kraden joined your party.
* - Sheba:
Sheba : Ohhh... Nnng. The wave! What happened to the tidal wave? I thought
we were done for, but we're all fine... And we've run aground!
The tidal wave turned out to be a stroke of luck! I wonder where
we are... We should take a look around!
[game] : Sheba joined your party.
* - Trying to leave Idejima without the others:
Kraden : Hey, Felix! You weren't planning on leaving me, were you?
Hm? Well! It's land! The wave carried us back ashore! I assume you
merely... forgot about me in your excitement? Understandable, but
you should have waited for me, Felix. Nevertheless, let us be on
our way!
[game] : Kraden has joined your party.
Jenna : I can't believe you two! How could you!? Leaving me on that island
while you go off exploring on your own! And here I was, looking
everywhere for you!
Kraden : I'm sorry, my dear... Can you ever forgive us?
Jenna : Oh... All right. Just don't leave me alone like that again...
Anyway, look! That wave must have carried us to a new continent!
Let's go exploring!
[game] : Jenna joined your party.
Sheba : Wa-Wait! Aren't you worried about me in the slightest? Did you
rescue me from the lighthouse just to leave me for dead on this
island?
Kraden : Now, I'm sure he meant to do no such thing...
Sheba : I wonder... Oh, don't give me that sad face... You know I can't
stay mad at you... After all, you did save me, Felix. I won't soon
forget that... But don't leave me behind like that again, OK?
So that big wave pushed us aground? Way to go, Nature! What's out
here, anyway?
Kraden : That's what we were about to find out!
Sheba : Let's get started then!
[game] : Sheba joined your party.
* - When heading northwest of Idejima:
Kraden : By the way... Where has Alex gone? He doesn't seem to be anywhere on
the island. You don't think he set out on his own, do you?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : Then I guess there's no reason to look for him here.
-(No)
Kraden : Well, he's no longer on Idejima, at any rate.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : He might have gone to look for a ship.
Jenna : Alex wants a ship?
Kraden : Did you forget what he was saying?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : He wants to return Alchemy to its former place in the world.
-(No)
Kraden : Then you know he wants to restore Alchemy to the world.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Jenna : By lighting the four elemental lighthouses, he might just succeed.
Sheba : But why the ship?
Kraden : The remaining two lighthouses are unreachable by land. None remain
to be lit across the Eastern Sea.
Jenna : So what should we--
Kraden : We must go to the Great Western Sea...
Sheba : The Western Sea...
Jenna : Is that where we're going, Felix?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : Well said, Felix! And go there, we shall!
-(No)
Kraden : Don't be foolish, Felix. We must pursue Alex. We have to go there...
-----------------------------------------------------------
Jenna : That's right! Our parents' lives depend on it!
Kraden : What about you, Sheba?
Sheba : What do you mean?
Jenna : It's... not going to be an easy trip.
Kraden : And there is no reason you should have to face that danger...
Right, Felix?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Sheba : Then you should know my reason for traveling with all of you,
Felix...
-(No)
Sheba : Felix remembers... I have a reason to be traveling with you...
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : What do you mean, Sheba? What reason?
Sheba : It's my destiny...
Jenna : This quest is your... destiny?
Kraden : And you couldn't tell us about this earlier?
* - Sheba nods.
Jenna : But how can we trust you when we don't know why you're with us?
Sheba : I'm sorry... But please, you have to take me! You must! You need me!
Kraden : I don't understand. Why exactly do we need you?
Sheba : You know that I am an Adept, don't you? I can control the wind, as
Felix already knows...
Kraden : You knew that we was a Wind Adept?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : Saturos must have mentioned it atop the lighthouse... I see...
-(No)
Kraden : Saturos must have known it, even though he never told you...
-----------------------------------------------------------
Sheba : They saw that I was a Wind Adept right away... They kidnapped me for
my powers... They needed them on their journey.
Jenna : Oh, yeah... They would have needed an alignment that complemented
their own.
Sheba : They said they would need a Wind Adept in order to light Jupiter's
beacon.
Kraden : Ah, of course... And I suspect we'll need your power there as well.
Sheba : So you see, you do need me.
Jenna : All right... I guess I understand now.
* - Jenna turns to Felix.
Jenna : But you want to know what she meant by destiny, too, don't you?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Jenna : I wish we could read minds like Sheba. Then we'd know...
-(No)
Jenna : Oh, so it's just me? Too bad I can't read minds like Sheba, huh?
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : I'm sure she will tell us in her own time. Won't you, Sheba?
* - She nods.
Kraden : I think, for now, that we should simply trust Sheba. Now, I am
quite famished. Shall we get moving?
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'02] --- [Indra] --- [01'02] #$#
#$#$# Daila #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Outside ]
[001] :{S} You don't look familiar. Have you been to Daila before?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Strange... I just don't remember ever seeing you around here
before.
-(No)
Well then, welcome to Daila, the northernmost town on the
continent of Indra!
--------------------------------------------
* - 2nd+ time:
We were hit by a gigantic tidal wave, but there were no
injuries... It was miraculous!
{M} That wave turned this place into a swamp! Everything smells
like brine!
[002] :{S} I saw a bright light in the northwestern sky earlier... Somewhere
over Gondowan. It was right before the tidal wave... I wonder if
there's a connection...
{M} I thought I saw some lights in the northwestern skies... Maybe I
just imagined them.
[003] :{S} That tidal wave left a lot of standing water in our village...
The worst part is that it's all salt water.
{M} With all this salt water on the ground, what will happen to our
crops?
[004] :{S} Didn't it feel like all of Indra moved when that wave hit?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
I knew it! You felt it, too! And that shock afterward! It felt
like the whole continent got rammed into something!
-(No)
Wow... That wave must have knocked you silly if you didn't notice
it...
--------------------------------------------
{M} That must have been one serious wave to make the whole continent
move... I didn't even know continents did that!
[005] :{S} Thank goodness for that mountain range to the north... If that
range weren't there, we would have been washed away for sure...
{M} The sea god must have saved us from the wave. It's good we have a
shrine honoring him.
[Item] :{S} I haven't seen Tavi and Riki around lately... I like those little
guys, so I'm kind of worried about 'em.
{M} I'm sure those two went to the Shrine of the Sea God. They never
listen! I told them they were way too small to climb those
cliffs...
[007] :{S} Riki and Tavi sure are out late...
{M} The Shrine of the Sea God stopped the wave, but I'm worried...
Riki and Tavi were playing in there, and I'm too scared to tell
anyone.
[008] :{S} I wonder if those two are still out there... They know it's
off-limits.
{M} I can't believe those losers were inside the shrine when the wave
hit! If Riki and Tavi want to be idiots, I say, let 'em!
[009] :{S} Huh? You want a boat?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
What kind of insensitive jerk are you? Everyone knows all our
boats were destroyed by the tidal wave!
-(No)
Of course not! The tidal wave ruined all our boats... Asking us
for a boat now would be just plain mean!
--------------------------------------------
{M} With all the boats gone, we sailors are stuck here! What are we
supposed to do on dry land? Knit!?
[010] :{S} Ohhh... that wave knocked me over, and now I can't get up. I must
have been born to suffer!
{M} My hip's killing me, and all that woman cares about is how muddy
my clothes are! She cares more about the laundry than she does
me!
[011] :{S} Our village survived the wave, but all our boats were destroyed..
We won't be sailing for a while, but we'll pull through somehow..
{M} That wave was brutal! It smashed my boat to splinters!
[012] :{S} Bleah! I fell in a puddle and got my clothes dirty! Mom's gonna
have a fit!
{M} Bleccch! This water's saaalty!
[013] :{S} Yaaay! Puddles in the village! Yaaay!
{M} Yay! We never get puddles like this, not even when it rains!
[014] :{S} The ancient tower to the east? It's the Shrine of the Sea God...
Listen, if you're not into being cursed horribly, you should stay
away from there.
{M} I can't believe those children play in the shrine! It's danger-
ous, and it will only bring them misfortune...
[ Buildings ]
* - Riki's residence:
[001] :{S} Riki's really in for it when he gets home! He's been out playing
with his friend for days!
{M} Riki, Tavi... Where are you? What are you up to?
[002] :{S} That no-good kid of mine! Taking his father's fishing pole!
I mean, really! If he doesn't come home soon, he's really going
to get it!
{M} That Tavi's a bad influence on Riki... Just because he lives next
door doesn't mean they have to be friends!
-----
* - Tavi's residence:
[003] :{S} I wonder where our little Tavi has gone. I'm getting worried.
He was gone when the wave hit, and he hasn't been home since...
{M} I'll bet that, wherever Tavi is, Riki is with him... The neigh-
bors must be pretty worried, too.
[004] :{S} Tavi never misses three o'clock snacksies! Where could he be?
His food's getting cold...
{M} If Tavi isn't home soon, we're going to have to go looking
for him.
-----
G. Healer :{S} Travelers! Well, I'll be! Do you have a lot of time and nowhere
to go?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Then I suggest you visit the Kandorean Temple to see Master Poi.
He performs great feats, but I'll warn you, he might not let
you in...
-(No)
Oh, going to Madra, are you? It's a dangerous road, but no one
will stop you from taking it, my children.
--------------------------------------------
{M} Travelers with nowhere to go... This is bad. I hope they stay
out of the shrine... If they anger the sea god, there's nowhere
they could hide, not anywhere in Indra!
-----
Innkeeper1:{S} What should I cook for our guests tonight? I just can't decide.
{M} We can't sail, and we can't fish... Not with our ships in this
condition... Oh... I'm not looking forward to becoming a
vegetarian...
Innkeeper2:{S} We run a very small inn, so we make do with just the two of us
working here...
{M} Look at all these guests! We need more help... but how will we
afford it?
[008] :{S} I don't know when I'll be able to return to Madra. I sure miss
the food there.
{M} After all that shaking, I wouldn't be surprised if the roads were
unusable.
[009] :{S} I heard the seafood in Madra is wonderful! I wonder what kinds of
fish they catch in Madra...
{M} I'm so torn... Do I like my fish grilled? Or do I prefer poached?
It's hard to say... Why is life so difficult?
-----
[010] :{S} If you're looking for a boat, you might check in Madra... Head
south, and then when the road forks, follow the path to the east.
{M} I wonder how the road to Madra is holding up after that flood...
The ground was always pretty soft around there...
[011] :{S} If you head south, you'll find a fork in the road. Take the road
west, and you'll hit the Kandorean Temple in no time.
{M} I wonder if the holy man at the Kandorean Temple is as powerful
as they say...
-----
[Weapon] :{S} You folks ain't thinkin' 'bout goin' south, are ya? The roads to
the south are a real mess from the earthquake. Dangerous, too.
{M} I'm glad I'm not going to Madra now... It had been so parched
for so long... And now, after the quake, I'm sure it's full of
cracks and fissures and gaps...
[Armor] :{S} You guys look new 'round these parts! What bring you to here?
There's nothing much to see on this forsaken continent. You must
be odd folk indeed!
{M} If those two scamps knew there were travelers in town, they'd
have a field day.
-----
Mayor :{S} In all my years as mayor, I've never seen a wave like that
before... I'm grateful that nobody was seriously injured.
{M} At least, nobody seems to have been injured too badly. Maybe I
should make another inspection later.
[015] :{S} The wave was awful, but the noise that followed was even worse...
The shock alone could probably have destroyed the road to Madra.
{M} I still don't know what that sound I heard was... With everything
that's been going on lately, I'm still a little edgy...
[016] :{S} A lot of folk said they heard a terrible rumbling from the south-
east. You ask me, it was the road to Madra crumbling to bits...
{M} We should find a different way to get to Madra. That shoddy
road's a mess...
[017] :{S} Between the pirates and the tidal wave, this town has the worst
luck! Now that Briggs has been arrested in Madra, maybe our luck
is changing...
{M} Now that Briggs is locked away, we shouldn't have any pirate
trouble this year. Of course, that tidal wave did more damage
than those pirates ever managed...
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Upon exiting to the south #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - A Venus Djinni named Echo is flying around. Felix notices it.
Echo : Hey! You look like you already know a little about us, huh?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Echo : See, you know all about us, so you must be an Adept.
-(No)
Echo : Well, you weren't very surprised when you saw me. Am I right?
--(Yes)
Echo : I thought so. I could tell you were an Adept from a mile away!
--(No)
Echo : No way! You? Surprised? Nah, I can't believe that! I mean, look at
you! You're an Adept!
-----------------------------------------------------------
* - Felix appears surprised that the Djinni knew he was an Adept.
Echo : Even I know that! You look like you're new around here. Embarking on
a dangerous journey in a strange land? I thought so... Well, I'm
looking for my companions... We were parted when Mt. Aleph erupted.
Would you mind helping me find my companions? Come on, take me with
you. I'll even lend you and your allies my powers! You see, the more
Djinn you have with you, the more powerful your Psynergy becomes!
All you have to do is set us and then unleash us in battle! If you
gather a bunch of us, you'll have all that power at your disposal!
So what do you say? Will you be a pal and take me with you?
-----------------------------------------------------------
* - Echo responds the same to "Yes" regardless of when it is chosen.
-(Yes)
Echo : I'm so happy! Oh, you won't regret this, I promise!
-(No)
Echo : Oh, come on! I promise I won't be a burden and eat all your chips
or anything!
--(No)
Echo : But if I'm with you, you'll be all kinds of strong!
---(No)
Echo : Wait, that's not it... There's more! Your allies with develop
exciting new abilities!
----(No)
Echo : And I'll be your best friend ever in combat! I'll be all over the
bad guys, I promise!
-----(No)
Echo : What, you want to see me beg? Fine! I'm begging! PLEASE! Let me
join your group!
------(No)
Echo : You just don't get it, do you? I'm not used to being ignored,
you know. Take me with you!
-----=(No)
Echo : Don't be a meanie, OK? Nobody likes a meanie. I'm serious here.
You don't really want to leave me behind, do you?
----==(Yes)
Echo : Oh, all right. If that's the way you're gonna be, fine.
I'm coming with you anyway!
-----------------------------------------------------------
[game] : The Venus Djinni Echo has become Felix's pal.
Echo : While I'm here, would you like me to give you a quick explanation
about Djinn?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Echo : After bringing a Djinni into your party, you must set it to
somebody.
* - Echo opens up the Djinn menu to demonstrate some things.
Echo : To give your Djinni to someone else, move it like this. After
choosing who gets the Djinni, you can "set" it. Setting a Djinni
changes your attributes and sometimes even your class. When your
class changes, the Psynergy you can use may also change.
Next, I'll show you how you can use us in battle. Each Djinni has
different, unique powers. Once we have been set, you can unleash us
in battle to use our powers. So, Felix, let me demonstrate the power
of my attack now.
* - They automatically engage an enemy in battle.
Echo : Choose this command when you want to unleash me in battle,
all right? That's all you have to do to unleash a set Djinni!
* - Felix uses Echo's ability.
Echo : See! What did I tell you? When you unleashed me, I used my special
attack ability! After being unleashed, we Djinn will then stand by,
ready to be summoned back again... If you have multiple standby
Djinn, you can summon even greater powers into battle!
* - With one Venus Djinni (Echo) on standby, Felix summons Venus.
Echo : See! We Djinn can be pretty useful, can't we? But... there's one
more thing. After a Djinni has been used to summon, it must spend
time in recovery. And once we've recovered, we automatically set
ourselves again, so we're ready to attack! So, we go from set to
standby to recovery, then back to set. That's just a simple little
explanation of how to use us.
Did you get all that?
--(Yes)
Echo : Well, that's it. Now, we're pals forever!
--(No)
Echo : Hmmmm... Do you want me to explain it all to you again?
---(Yes)
Echo : Well, then, I guess I'll go back to the beginning, OK?
* - Echo repeats the explanation.
---(No)
Echo : Well, that's it. Now, we're pals forever!
-(No)
Echo : Well, that's it. Now, we're pals forever!
-----------------------------------------------------------
Echo : Oh, yeah! If you want to learn more about Djinn, refer to the help,
OK? You and your friends should make sure you get the most out of
us Djinn.
[game] : Felix found the Venus Djinni Echo!
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'03] --- [Indra] --- [01'03] #$#
#$#$# Shrine of the Sea God #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
Riki : All right! I'm gonna throw the rope again!
* - Tavi and Riki are standing on two different ledges, separated by a stream.
Tavi : Just don't miss this time!
* - Riki throws it.
Tavi : Aww, no! You missed again!
Riki : Sorry, Tavi... I can't do it!
Tavi : I thought I got lucky when that wave carried me up here...
Riki : What are you, crazy? It knocked you stupid for a good ten minutes!
Tavi : Yeah, yeah! Just find some way to get me down from here!
Riki : Fine! Just don't jump down or do anything dumb, OK?
* - Riki goes to another area.
Riki :{S} Wah! You scared me! I thought you were one of the grown-ups from
Daila... So, who are you? Look, I'm kinda busy trying to help my
pal Tavi right now, OK?
{M} I can't find anything around here that'll help get him down from
there!
* - Felix can use Lash on the rope to tie it to the stake on the other ledge.
Kraden : Excellent work, Felix!
Tavi : Hey, the rope! Awesome, Riki! Way to go!
* - He climbs down the rope. Taking a look at Felix's group...
Tavi : Who are you?
Kraden : We're just passing through.
Tavi : How come you threw me the rope?
Kraden : We'd heard that you needed some assistance.
Tavi : Well, whatever. Thanks anyway.
* - Riki returns.
Riki : Hey, Tavi! How'd ya get down from there?
Tavi : These guys threw me the rope...
Riki : Really? These grown-ups? Well, whatever. Now we can go nab that
critter we saw!
* - He's referring to Breath, a Jupiter Djinni. Tavi pauses.
Riki : What? What is it?
Tavi : That little guy's so fast, I can't catch him!
Riki : Do you think we could catch him together?
Tavi : Well, yeah, except that every time I'm about to grab him, he flies
off!
Riki : So I guess it wouldn't matter if we worked together or not.
Tavi : Yeah, I guess not.
Riki : Well, that's too bad.
Tavi : Hey, I'm really hungry! I haven't eaten since before I got stuck!
Riki : Yeah, same here... My stomach's growling up a storm!
Tavi : Let's go home, Riki.
Riki : Sounds good, Tavi.
* - They depart.
Kraden : They're gone... Well, it was good of you to help them. We should be
going, too.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'04] --- [Indra] --- [01'04] #$#
#$#$# Daila #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Mayor's house #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - Alex comes out.
Alex : Felix... Well, well... Our happy little family is back together
again.
Jenna : Alex... Where did you go?
Alex : To look for a ship, of course.
Sheba : That's what Kraden said...
Kraden : And did you find one?
Alex : Unfortunately, there are none to be had. I spoke to the mayor, and
he suggested that we try the large town south of us.
Kraden : Is that where you're going?
Alex : Yes. Madra may have boats available. That would be the most logical
move.
Jenna : So what do you think? Should we go to Madra with Alex?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Alex : Ah... You... want to travel with me?
Jenna : What, you don't like that idea?
-(No)
Alex : Ah. Felix doesn't think it's a good idea.
Jenna : You seem awfully pleased about that...
-----------------------------------------------------------
Alex : No, that's not it. I'm just... preoccupied.
Sheba : Self-absorbed is more like it!
Alex : I simply prefer to work alone.
Kraden : If that's the case, we'll let you be...
Alex : Perhaps you will see me in Madra...
* - Alex departs.
Jenna : Gah! The nerve of that guy!
Sheba : Yeah, I know... Now, I just want to find a boat before he does!
Kraden : Let's be on our way.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Outside ]
[001] :{S} After that wave hit, I was worried about Daila, but we're pulling
through...
{M} Thank our lucky stars our little town survived that ordeal.
[002] :{S} Those puddles of seawater the wave left have almost all
evaporated now.
{M} Those puddles stank! I thought I'd get sick from the smell of
stagnant brine!
[003] :{S} It was creepy--right before the wave hit, the water got all
quiet and calm. I don't know how to explain it, but it was
really creepy.
{M} Before the wave hit, the tide went way out... It was like the sea
had been drained away...
[004] :{S} Sure are a lot of travelers coming through here today. That last
one, though... He was awful cute.
{M} Is that guy still meeting with the mayor?
[005] :{S} Ah, the sea is calm again, and we can all get back to our normal
lives.
{M} I'm glad everything is back to normal here in Daila...
[Item] :{S} Tavi and Riki are back home, safe and sound... They stopped by
to say hello on their way... What nice kids.
{M} I hope their parents didn't punish them too severely... They must
have worried their parents half to death!
[007] :{S} The dread pirate Briggs was captured in Madra... If that guy
were free, you could bet he'd be coming after our village...
{M} I wonder what happened to Briggs when they caught him...
[008] :{S} Those two losers are back home now, eating their snacks...
{M} Tavi and Riki must have been starving. They were gone for days...
[009] :{S} So... I hear they caught the pirate Briggs down in Madra...
The seas should be safe now. Makes me with I still had a boat...
{M} The seas are peaceful and free of pirates at last, and I don't
even have a boat. Life's funny like that.
[010] :{S} I bet you thought it was the wave that knocked me over and hurt
my hip, huh?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
It'd take more than a little water to knock this old-timer down!
No, it was the earthquake afterward that made me fall on my
tush...
-(No)
Nobody believes me when I tell them the continent moved... Why do
you think I fell? The ground shifts, you fall on your fanny!
It's a fact!
--------------------------------------------
{M} Nobody believes a wave could be big enough to move a continent...
I'm starting to think it's a sign of things to come, personally..
[011] :{S} I thought I saw something when those puddles dried. Maybe it was
just my eyes.
{M} It's probably nothing but junk and garbage, but it's not my
problem...
[012] :{S} I got hurt when I was playing in the puddles, so not I'm not.
{M} I caught my foot on something that was in one of those dried-up
puddles.
[013] :{S} The puddles are gone, and now I'm bored.
{M} I hope some of the little puddles stay, at least.
[014] :{S} I've always heard that the Shrine of the Sea God holds an
amazing treasure...
{M} I'd sure like to see what that treasure is...
[ Buildings ]
* - Riki's residence:
Riki :{S} Mmm... Mmnph... Dad was SO mad that we were late... He said,
"No dinner for you!" And I was like, "Whatever!"
* - He appears to be eating something.
{M} I still want to catch that monster. We are SO going back there
tomorrow.
[001] :{S} Let me tell you, kids are a lot of work... If they're not
getting in trouble, they're inside, and they're eating!
{M} Darn that Riki! Ah... I'm glad he's home, though... He's so cute
when he's stuffing his face.
[002] :{S} Who stays outside until he's absolutely famished? And would it
have hurt to let us know where he was going!?
{M} Hee hee. My little Riki is mommy's little monster! Just look
how he eats!
-----
* - Tavi's residence:
Tavi :{S} Mmmph... Mmmm. Don't tell anyone we were in the Shrine of the
Sea God.
* - He appears to be eating something.
{M} I'm sure glad I made it down from that cliff... I could have
starved up there!
[003] :{S} Our little one is finally home. I don't know where he got to
for all that time.
{M} I guess Riki next door made it home, too. Those two are just
inseparable.
[004] :{S} Tavi wolfed down his snack and just asked for more! He must
think we're here to feed him, I swear!
{M} Once Tavi finishes eating, I'm putting him right outside again!
-----
G. Healer :{S} There is nothing left for you in Daila... Please be careful on
your journey to Madra.
{M} Daila's probably pretty boring for travelers.
-----
* - Innkeeper2 and another woman ([018]) are practicing a dance here.
Innkeeper1:{S} Our fishermen still can't head out to sea... When will they
start fixing all those boats!?
{M} Until we get our seafood back, we have to put on these shows
for guests... My feet hurt... I wonder if they'll let me skip
tonight's performance...
Innkeeper2:{S} Oh, I was just practicing. It's part of our dinner show for
guests... You know, because we don't actually have any food
for dinner...
{M} Shoot... What was my first line? "Welcome to the Palace of the
Dragon King"?
[008] :{S} When do we get to sample some of Daila's famous seafood?
{M} I just hope they don't make us watch another one of those
awful shows! I'd rather eat a pile of steamed cabbage than
watch them again!
[009] :{S} I'm sick of eating nothing but vegetables... And the service
stinks! At least there's a show. I wonder what we'll see
tonight...
{M} Maybe I'll just get up on stage and do a little dance of my own
tonight.
[018] :{S} Er... Aheh heh... You... weren't watching, were you? I was just
practicing for the show we're putting on tonight.
{M} Putting on shows instead of serving good food is fine, I guess...
But won't stories about sea dragons make people think about
seafood?
-----
[010] :{S} Are you going to Madra?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
You'll have to cross the Dehkan Plateau... It's a dangerous
place. You'll want to be very, very careful out there.
-(No)
Walking into trouble just for a boat ain't exactly smart...
But sometimes, you have to face danger to move forward.
--------------------------------------------
{M} Daila got hit pretty hard. I wonder how Madra is doing...
[011] :{S} I think Madra is east of the crossroads... I think....
{M} Someone should see how the road to Madra held up in the quake...
-----
[Weapon] :{S} Way back when, Daila used to be a hideout for a band of pirates..
They were all captured, but no one ever found their stolen
treasure.
{M} This town may be dirt-poor, but we still get a good variety of
travelers. They're searching for treasure, I'll bet. I hear
even Briggs was after it!
[Armor] :{S} We don't have a lot of people in Daila, but it's a very spacious
town... The layout confuses me sometimes!
{M} Maybe they hid treasure here because this town is so mazelike...
-----
Mayor :{S} Don't tell me you're all looking for a boat, too!
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Look, there aren't any boats here, not for you or anyone!
Try Madra, down south!
-(No)
If I had one, I'd let you use it, but I don't.
--------------------------------------------
{M} He said he's pay me a fortune for a boat. I'm not sure he'd pay
me even if I'd had one, though...
[015] :{S} It's too dangerous to go to Madra now. I wonder if that man who
wanted the boat will survive on the Dehkan Plateau.
{M} The road to Madra goes through the Dehkan Plateau. It's nearly
impossible to cross over that soft, crumbly soil right now.
[016] :{S} Who was that guy? I wonder why he needed a boat so badly.
{M} Maybe that guy washed up on shore when the wave hit...
[017] :{S} Why did the pirate Briggs plague us for so long? If I were
going to Madra, I'd go look him in the eyes and ask him!
{M} Briggs probably has lots of men under him... If I lived in Madra,
I'd be more worried about them coming to rescue him.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'05] --- [Indra] --- [01'05] #$#
#$#$# Kandorean Temple #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - The gate to the temple grounds is shut.
Guard 1 :{S} Have you come to see Master Poi?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
The master will see no one. Leave now, and do not return.
-(No)
I'm sorry, but the temple is closed to sightseers. Go home now.
--------------------------------------------
{M} I do not understand Master Poi. If I were him, I would allow
more people to enter. Instead, I must turn away the very people
who would benefit from his teachings.
Guard 2 :{S} Once the period of meditation has begun, none may enter the
temple grounds. Master Poi's teachings require absolute
concentration.
{M} I was hoping to hear Master Poi speak. Instead, I got guard duty.
How boring...
* - Upon approaching the cave entrance to the northwest covered by a bush:
Kraden : This wall looks rather suspicious, wouldn't you say, Felix?
* - Sheba can use Whirlwind to dispose of the bush.
Kraden : Fantastic work, Felix! Keep a watchful eye for any strange-looking
areas!
* - The cave leads to within the temple walls.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Temple exterior ]
[001] :{S} I am not just meditating. I am guarding the entry as well.
It is important work. But someday, I will be permitted to enter
the temple...
{M} Empty the mind to lighten the body... I've been fasting for
days... I've got to be light enough now!
[002] :{S} Please don't break my concentration! I am... lighter than air...
floating, rising up...
{M} My mind is empty; my body is light... Now... float... float...
[003] :{S} I hope to enter the temple one day... I want to learn from the
master himself...
{M} I still can't believe that the older monks can levitate through
meditation. If I work hard enough, maybe I'll be able to do it,
too. Maybe.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Temple interior #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - Poi, who is atop a high ledge, yells at [004] below.
Poi : You there! Focus your mind!
* - The individual does so, and begins to levitate, albeit with some difficulty.
[004] : Did you see that, Master?
Poi : No, no, no! You lack discipline!
* - He turns to [005].
Poi : Now, you!
* - The individual does so, with slightly less trouble than the other man.
[005] : How was that, master?
Poi : Improving... slowly! Continue your meditation!
* - Poi turns to [006].
Poi : Your turn!
* - The individual does so, quickly correcting whatever small errors he makes.
[006] : Master, have I done it?
Poi : Not bad... You might stand a chance to succeed...
[006] : I can do it, Master! Please, just let me try!
Poi : Your skills lack polish... It may be dangerous. Do you still wish
to enter?
[006] : Yes, I do! I do!
Poi : If you fail, you may lose more than just your pride...
[006] : I do not fear death, Master!
Poi : Ho ho! Is that so? Very well, then! It is time for your trial,
my son!
* - [006] approaches an entranceway.
Poi : Enter the cave, and ascend!
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Temple interior ]
[004] :{S} HE went in before ME? What nonsense! Wait... I guess I ought to
be more supportive and hope for his success...
{M} There's no way I'm rooting for that loser! Choke! Choke!
Fail the test! Then, I'll get my chance!
[005] :{S} Empty mind, empty body. By clearing my thoughts, I can ascend...
{M} Arrgh! I was so close! I can't believe I didn't make it! Gah...
I'm so consumed with frustration that I can't clear my thoughts..
[ Trial area ]
* - [006] lies on the ground.
[006] :{S} It seems I may not have been ready after all... I should start my
meditations over again...
{M} Is it really possible for anyone to pass this test?
* - Room with boiling pot blocking the path:
Signpost : Extinguish your desire, and the fire will cool. Empty your mind,
and you will feel no pain!
-Poi-
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Upon clearing the trial #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
Poi : You have passed a very difficult test. You have pleased your
teacher! Wait... You're not one of my students! Who are you!?
How did you... come this far?
Kraden : Ah, yes... How indeed?
* - Poi runs out of the room to the ledge where he was shouting to the others,
and looks below.
Poi : The rope is still on the floor.
* - Poi returns to Felix's group.
Poi : You must have come through the cave... That means... I must give
you... the secret of Lash!
Kraden : Master Poi... You seem perturbed.
Poi : Oh, no... Not at all...
Kraden : Felix, am I imagining it, or does he seem perturbed?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Poi : I am not perturbed. Merely... surprised.
-(No)
Poi : No one from outside the temple has ever passed the test.
It's amazing...
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : What is this "Lash" you mentioned a moment ago?
Poi : Lash is a sacred power, passed down for years to the followers of
this temple.
Kraden : A sacred power? And it's called Lash, you say?
Poi : And now, I must pass it on to you. It is our way. It is a gift
given to all those who pass the test, as it has been for ages.
Kraden : What type of power is this Lash?
Poi : Allow me to show you.
* - Using Lash, Poi telekinetically ties a rope to a stake atop a ledge.
Kraden : Lash looks quite a bit like Psynergy, doesn't it?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Poi : Psynergy, hm? We call it spiritual strength, but it seems the same.
-(No)
Poi : I do not know of your Psynergy, but our power comes from within.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Poi : This technique uses the spiritual to affect the physical. One with a
strong spirit can lift and move heavy objects farther.
Kraden : The distance changes with your level of power? Fascinating!
Poi : Those who cannot pass this cave's trials are not worthy of the
technique.
Kraden : Felix, do you think this cave was designed to test one's control of
Psynergy?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Poi : Yes, yes! Well done, old man!
Kraden : Who are you calling an old man!? You're no spring chicken yourself!
-(No)
Poi : You are quite mistaken... You should listen to the old man.
He speaks wisely.
Kraden : Tha--HEY! Who are you calling an old man? You're no schoolboy
yourself!
-----------------------------------------------------------
Poi : I wondered if it would be right to allow an outsider to use this
power...
Kraden : You're... not going to teach us?
Poi : But I like you, so I will let you learn our secret. Please,
follow me.
* - Poi and Felix's group climb the rope to the ledge. A stone rests on a
pedestal.
Poi :{S} Take the power of Lash. It is yours now.
{M} Ho ho! I feel the strength of your spirit flowing toward me!
Splendid!
* - Examining the stone on the pedestal:
Poi : This is the power and the secret of our temple! If you are worthy,
you will use it with ease! When you see a rope, use Lash on it...
perhaps you will find this useful on your travels. Take this power
with you, and do good.
[game] : Felix got the Lash Pebble.
Poi : I hope that someday, my students will be worthy of this honor, too.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Gate ]
* - The two guards have left, since the meditation period has ended.
[ Temple exterior ]
[001] :{S} Someday, I'm going to be a great monk, like Master Poi.
{M} Whenever the master goes to town, the villagers are all in such
awe of him... Maybe someday, they'll look at me the same way.
[002] :{S} Looks like none of our brothers passed this time, either.
At this rate, maybe we'll be able to surpass them after all.
{M} I've been meditating all day, but my body just doesn't want to
float...
[003] :{S} Hey, what's an outsider doing on the temple grounds? Oh,
meditations must be over... That's why they let you in...
{M} Gah! I kept my eyes shut in meditation so long that the sun hurts
when I open them!
[ Temple interior ]
[004] :{S} You were the ones who passed the test?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Wow! I can't believe it! Are you monks? Where did you study?
-(No)
Well, if it wasn't you, who was it?
--------------------------------------------
{M} The master seemed so disappointed that someone passed the test...
I think it was just that none of his students can do it yet...
[005] :{S} I hear that someone passed the test... No matter, though...
I am here to improve myself, to mediate... Not to show off.
{M} I knew it! It should have been me taking that test!
[006] :{S} When I awoke, I learned that someone else had passed my test...
How disgraceful.
{M} Before I passed out, I saw... something... Some sort of...
cute little monster. Was I delirious?
* - He's referring to Fog, a Mercury Djinni.
Poi :{S} If you wish to practice, these caves may hold a place of interest
to you...
{M} Ho ho! I feel the strength of your spirit flowing toward me!
Splendid!
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'06] --- [Indra] --- [01'06] #$#
#$#$# East Indra Shore #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
Kraden : Look... It's Menardi's ship!
Jenna : It doesn't look like they sailed it here, though...
Sheba : Of course not... They were killed at the lighthouse, weren't they?
Kraden : Do you think it could have drifted here?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : Yes, Felix, That [sic] would be logical...
-(No)
Kraden : How else could it have come to be here, Felix?
-----------------------------------------------------------
Jenna : If we had that thingie Saturos had, we could just take their boat.
Sheba : For all we know, the orb is at the bottom of the sea... with them...
Kraden : Well, there's no point in hanging around here all day. Let's go
see about finding ourselves a ship we can use.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'07] --- [Indra] --- [01'07] #$#
#$#$# Madra #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Town entrance #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
Guard 1 : You there! Hold your ground!
Kraden : What seems to be the trouble?
Guard 2 : Just wait there...
* - Guard 1 examines Felix's group.
Guard 1 : They don't look like they're Champa...
Guard 2 : I agree.
Guard 1 : Sorry for the delay. You may pass.
Kraden : What were you checking us for?
Guard 2 : Our town was sacked by pirates...
Guard 1 : They'd come to free their leader, Briggs. They came from the east,
a small party, and we repelled them with ease...But then, foreigners
struck from the west, exploiting a weak point near our prison.
Guard 2 : That's over now, though... Feel free to relax and enjoy your time
here safely.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Prison #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
* - Two men are speaking with another man named Piers, who is locked in a cell.
Man 1 : Admit it! You're one of the Champa, aren't you, Piers?
Shin : Speak! Or let your silence condemn you!
Piers : I told you already... I'm not a Champa.
Shin : Then where did you come from?
Piers : The hart of the Eastern Sea... If I told you where, you'd never
believe me.
Shin : Look at me when I'm talking to you! Are you trying to mock me!?
Piers : I implore you, do not anger me.
Shin : Oh, do you? So what's going to happen if I make you angry?
Man 1 : Hey, Shin... Maybe we should go easy on him.
Shin : Hey, it wasn't your girlfriend who got hurt!
Piers : I'm sorry she was injured, but I cannot--
Shin : I don't want your sympathy, freak! I want you to get angry for me!
Piers : Stop, please... Even my patience has its limits.
* - Shin turns to Man 1.
Shin : Hey, don't you want to see what he'll do?
Man 1 : I think we should just stop...
Piers : If my words will not cool your temper, then...
* - Piers uses the Psynergy "Frost", which turns a small puddle of water below
Shin into a large pillar of ice.
Kraden : Oh! That was Psynergy!
* - Shin falls off the pillar. He pauses, and then...
Shin : Waaaaaaaaaahh!
* - ...scurries out the door.
Man 1 : Did you do that?
Piers : What did your friend expect?
Man 1 : You monster!
Piers : I... I am no monster.
* - Man 1 backs up.
Man 1 : Help!!!
* - He takes off running. Kraden turns to Felix.
Kraden : This man... He must be an Adept!
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : Of course! That was clearly Psynergy he used...
-(No)
Kraden : You're right... We only know what we just saw.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : Perhaps we should try to learn a little more about him.
* - Piers:
Piers :{S} Why did I use my Psynergy in anger? I must maintain control...
My actions should never cause regret-- I... sense someone...
using Psynergy... That person... Could he be--no, he is not of
my people... When will I be freed?
{M} Ah... When will that kindly elder return and end my imprisonment?
I have no time to wait, but I don't want to have to hurt anyone..
* - Upon exiting the prison:
Elder Dau : Have Piers escaped!?
* - The elder's daughter and a man appear. They enter the prison.
Elder Dau : Oh, I'm so relieved... So Piers hasn't escaped?
Man 2 : If he had escaped, the elder would no longer be able to protect him.
Elder Dau : But... from the look of things, it seems there was a scuffle...
* - The man nods.
Man 2 : The cell is in disarray...
Elder Dau : What happened in there, I wonder?
Man 2 : It seems Piers is a man of many mysteries.
Elder Dau : Not the least of which being that boat he arrived in...
* - She notices Felix's group.
Elder Dau : Oh, you there... You look like travelers.
Man 2 : Milady, now is not the time to be speaking with strangers!
Elder Dau : It's all right... This one has such kind eyes. When did you arrive?
And where are you going?
Man 2 : My lady, please...
Elder Dau : Are you... going to Osenia?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Elder Dau : I knew it!
-(No)
Elder Dau : No need to be shy, my friends.
-----------------------------------------------------------
* - She turns to the man.
Elder Dau : One requires permission to cross the bridge to Osenia, correct?
* - The man nods.
Elder Dau : Then I hereby grant my permission to these four travelers!
Relay that message at once!
* - The man nods, takes his leave.
Elder Dau : You may all continue your journey and cross into Osenia.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Outside ]
Guard 1 :{S} All of Indra shifted and collided with Osenia... Everyone's
talking about it. As it dealing with invading pirate soldiers
wasn't enough!
{M} These are rough times... We don't have nearly enough people
to help us.
Guard 2 :{S} There's no way those pirates are coming back... Not after Indra
slammed into Osenia. I hear you can even walk there if you want.
{M} It's so weird that we can just walk to Osenia now. Crazy,
crazy world...
[003] :{S} You picked the wrong time to come to Madra... We've had
disasters, pirate attacks, all sorts of nonsense...
{M} The town elder is getting pretty elderly. I hope he's OK?
traveling out there...
[004] :{S} Those Champa curs dug a hole here to sneak into Madra... And to
think, it was just a decoy so they could break into the prison...
What a crazy plan!
{M} The Champa must have known exactly where Briggs was... But how
did they know the layout of the town?
[005] :{S} I doubt the Champa could have come up with that plan on their
own... I'm not even sure that strange boat we found up north
is even theirs...
{M} It's not like the Champa to plan out elaborate strategies...
I think the two raids were entirely coincidental.
[006] :{S} The Champa were swarming over the village... But I screamed like
the dickens and scared 'em off! It's true! Heh!
{M} When I saw those Champa, I was so surprised that I let out a
yelp... I must have startled them, because they all ran away!
[007] :{S} Maybe we'll learn Briggs's whereabouts from that captured Champa.
{M} That Champa in the cell looks a bit pale for a pirate...
I thought pirates were supposed to be all tan and leathery...
[Weapon] :{S} After the Champa opened the jail cells, they came over here...
All of us merchants grabbed our own swords and started
fighting...
{M} The item vendor got wounded in the attack... She's still
recovering. I don't think her boyfriend will ever forgive that
man in the jail cell...
[Armor] :{S} Ow. Ow. Ow... I think I got a bone bruise. I hate those...
{M} Those lousy Champa... Next time I see them, they'll be the ones
with the bruises!
[Item Sis]:{S} My sister was hurt when the Champa attacked... She's recovering,
but I sure hope Shin gets the guy who did it.
{M} Briggs and his men are horrid. Imagine, hitting a woman...
When I think about it, I just get so angry!
[011] :{S} That big wave moved the whole continent of Indra to the south.
Now, we're sandwiched between the two continents of Gondowan
and Osenia.
{M} If a big wave can move the whole continent of Indra... Does that
mean that all of Indra is just floating on the water?
[012] :{S} It's like all three continents got together to form a
supercontinent! [sic]
{M} Now, Madra is pinned between two continents! People from Gondowan
can walk here to visit! What fun!
[013] :{S} If I could walk to Osenia, I'd like to see Air's Rock, out near
Garoh.
{M} I've always wanted to see Air's Rock... but Garoh is such a long
way away...
[014] :{S} Did you come here over the Dehkan Plateau? Yeah? You must have
seen that boat grounded near the cave, right?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
I hear it was a Champa boat! And on it, they found an unconscious
Champa! So they nabbed him, of course, and they tossed him in our
jail!
-(No)
You didn't? Weird... I wonder if it drifted away...
--------------------------------------------
{M} Who was it who told me the Champa boat was damaged? Doesn't
matter... But I bet Briggs went to Osenia to find himself a
new boat.
[015] :{S} Let me guess... You want a boat, right? Look, like I told that
last guy, the tidal wave went and ruined all our boats!
{M} It's a bit of a problem that the tidal wave destroyed our boats..
But the tidal wave sort of solved the problem, too... Now,
all three continents are wedged together, and we don't really
need boats.
[016] :{S} The town elder took off to deal with Briggs... I wonder where
he is now.
{M} Everyone thinks Briggs fled to the east after the breakout...
I think that must be where the elder went with the others.
[017] :{S} We took that unconscious guy from the boat and tossed him in
jail. He keeps saying that he's not a Champa, though.
{M} I looked into that man's eyes. He looked so serene and calm...
No with such pretty eyes could be a liar.
[018] :{S} I don't care what the elder says... That prisoner is filthy
Champa scum! Until someone proves otherwise, I say, let him rot!
{M} I'll never forgive those dogs for what they've done to our
village.
* - Prison entrance:
Guard 3 :{S} My partner was guarding the prison... When the Champa attacked,
he was so scared, he ran off. Disgraceful!
{M} I miss my partner... It's a shame he turned tail and ran like
that... But who knows? Maybe I would have done the same thing
in his place.
Guard 4 :{S} My friend was on guard duty when Briggs's men attacked...
Who would let a menace like Briggs go free?
{M} I wonder how many of the raiders were actually Champa.
Man 1 :{S} Was I just dreaming when that shaft of ice appeared?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Yeah! That's what it was... It was all just a dream...
-(No)
What!? Oh! Oh... You're just... You're joking with me, right?
Yeah... joking...
--------------------------------------------
{M} It was all just a dream... If I keep on saying it, maybe I'll
believe it...
Shin :{S} Even if we tried to tell someone what we saw... Who would believe
us!? I think I'll just guard him from out here, where it's safe.
{M} My sore bottom tells me it was all real... But I'm not about to
say that out loud...
[ Buildings ]
Innkeeper1:{S} Earthquakes, pirate attacks... What a week!
{M} The new land bridges between the continents should bring more
business.
Innkeeper2:{S} Our inn is quite safe... The Champa themselves couldn't fight
their way in!
{M} Actually, I think it was just that the Champa knew we didn't
have anything worth stealing. I wonder how they knew...
Employee :{S} I hope those Champa don't come back for a rematch...
{M} No one was safe from the Champa... not even innocent women!
I should learn to defend myself!
[004] :{S} I slept right through the pirate raid! It's too bad, too.
I would have given those pirates the thumping of a lifetime!
{M} I was hiding under my bed the whole time... But I'm not about
to tell him that!
[005] :{S} I'm glad my partner and I weren't injured when the Champa
attacked.
{M} We were fine because our karma is good. Only people with bad
karma got hurt, I'll bet...
-----
[006] :{S} Madra and Alhafra, off in Osenia, have a long history together...
Alhafra's a thriving seaport, up on the northern coast.
{M} Alhafra has long been a trade partner with Madra. I should go
there one day... It's such an easy trip from North Osenia...
[007] :{S} In all this chaos, everyone here has clean forgotten about
Alhafra... Sure, it's all the way in Osenia, but they're bound to
have a boat or two.
{M} Wait a second...I'll bet Briggs is heading to Alhafra! Of course!
That'd be the place to go if you were looking for a boat!
-----
[Item] :{S} * - She's lying in bed, having a dream.
Ohh... Ohhh...
{M} Eyes... Shining in the darkness... No! Go away!!!
-----
[009] :{S} Everything happened so suddenly... The earth moved, and every-
thing fell down... It's going to take me forever to clean up...
{M} Everything's on the floor, and all my dishes are broken.
What a chore!
[010] :{S} A wave big enough to move a continent is a terrible portent...
Could the legendary beast of the deep have awakened?
{M} If the mythical sea creature has awakened, we're all in trouble..
The legends say that only one armed with an enchanted trident
can kill it.
-----
[011] :{S} The boat that ran aground in the cove out east looks like a
normal ship, almost... But I'm not sure a boat like that can
even sail.
{M} It didn't even have any oars! How does it move? I don't get it.
[012] :{S} They say that boat belongs to the Champa... But I keep telling
them, that boat looks like no Champa ship I've seen.
{M} That boat's far sturdier and far more sleek than any Champa
could build.
-----
Healer :{S} Surely, this town is enduring some sort of test... We must
not fail...
{M} How could one explain a continent moving? Surely, it is the work
of a greater power...
[014] :{S} We must pass this test. Now is the time to be strong! Come,
join hands, and let us give thanks.
{M} If this is a test, please give us a sign. We are your flock...
Do with us as you will...
[015] :{S} A wave that moves the very earth... This is no act of man...
But certain forces do move in mysterious ways...
{M} The raid was just another part of the test. It must have been.
-----
[016] :{S} Indra is in direct contact with southern Gondowan... Will it
be safe?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
You're just trying to make me feel better, but you don't have
a clue, do you?
-(No)
Listen, we don't need you running around getting folks worked up!
Buzz off!
--------------------------------------------
{M} They say there are people who use a frightening kind of magic
in Gondowan... I don't know if it's true, but it's absolutely
terrifying!
[017] :{S} The lands to the south of Gondowan are full of barbarians,
I'm told.
{M} The Kibombo are warlike, but they live far off in the center of
Gondowan... I can't imagine they'd come all the way out here...
-----
* - Elder and mayor's residence:
Note: the mayor is the elder's son.
Mayor Wife:{S} Milady and I have been told to guard that jewel on the mantel.
* - She's referring to the elder's daughter (M-Eld Dau)
{M} I wish I knew why the elder wanted us to protect this thing...
Elder Dau :{S} My father was opposed to arresting the man we found on the boat..
But the townspeople were in an uproar about the Champa, and they
locked him up.
{M} Until my father returns, I'll protect this gem with my life.
Mayor Son :{S} Dad and Grandpa have gone to Osenia to look for Briggs...
{M} If Dad has to fight, I wonder if he'll go...
Mayor Dau :{S} Whenever Dad goes on trips, he brings back presents! I wonder
what he'll bring back this time...
{M} I hope he brings me a nice doll. I want a wooden one!
Elder Wife:{S} When the elder gets back, I'm sure he will prove that young man
innocent.
{M} He intends to find Briggs and prove that young man's innocence.
* - When examining the jewel on the mantel, which bears a striking resemblance
to the "Black Orb" of Babi's that controls his Lemurian ship:
Mayor Wife: Don't tough that gem! The elder gave us strict orders to protect it!
[ Madra Catacombs ]
* - Before being examined by the guards, a man pops up from the hole outside
the town walls.
Man :{S} You comin' through here?
-----------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Yeah, well... We're workin' in the hole right now, so...
Until we're done here, you're gonna have to enter Madra
through the gates.
-(No)
That's good, 'cause we can't let anyone through right now.
If you're goin' to Madra, you're gonna have to go through the
front gates.
-----------------------------------------------
{M} The Champa dug this hole when they raided our town, but there's
more to it... The hole they dug uncovered a cave that runs all
the way under our town!
* - After being examined by the guards, the man goes further into the catacombs.
Man :{S} I can't believe the Champa just stumbled onto this cave accident-
ally... That's like winning the lottery or something!
{M} Who dug this cave? And why?
* - Next to the other entrance above-ground:
Girl :{S} I got someone to show me around inside... It's just a really
big hole. Nobody could dig that much in such a short time without
us noticing, you'd think...
{M} I'm not sure the Champa actually dug this hole...
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'08] --- [Indra] --- [01'08] #$#
#$#$# Madra Drawbridge #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Without permission to cross #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - Upon approaching the bridge:
Guard 2 : if you wanna cross here, you'll need permission from the town elder!
Guard 1 : Without permission, ain't no one's gonna cross this bridge,
no matter what!
* - Social Script:
Guard 1 :{S} If you have permission, you can cross anytime. But try to cross
illegally, and we'll throw you in the hoosegow with Mr. Bluehair!
{M} I'm startin' to wonder when the elder and the others'll come back
from Osenia.
Guard 2 :{S} You goin' to Osenia?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
You'll have to head back to town and get a permit! Just go to the
elder's house and ask real nice-like.
-(No)
Then get lost, pal. These parts can be dangerous...
--------------------------------------------
{M} I wish I could tell 'em it's nothing personal... It's for their
own good. Who knows what's waiting to gobble 'em up in Osenia!
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# With permission to cross #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
* - Upon approaching the bridge:
Guard 2 : Yeah, we heard about you already. If you're going to Osenia,
you'd better get moving.
Guard 1 : Alhafra is up along the northeast of Osenia... You'll see it
eventually.
* - Social Script:
Guard 1 :{S} If you try heading straight through Osenia to Alhafra, you'll hit
Yampi Desert. You'd be better off avoiding the desert and just
following the coast to Alhafra instead.
{M} These guys must be looking for trouble. Me, I'd rather stay home
and relax. It's so pleasant and comfortable. And safe.
Guard 2 :{S} Head to Southeast Osenia, and you'll hit Mikasalla. It's a small
village, though. Probably not much to interest you there.
{M} Unless I had a boat, I wouldn't go to Osenia with permission or
without.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'09] --- [Indra / Osenia] --- [01'09] #$#
#$#$# Osenia Cliffs #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - The wreckage of a destroyed ship floats in the waters here.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[001] :{S} This is a Champa boat...You can see their mark on the flag there.
They must have been run aground here by the tidal wave.
{M} I guess even if they did free Briggs... They wouldn't have been
able to go back out to sea...
[002] :{S} Look at all the damage... That wave must have been gigantic...
I wonder how many Champa died in the wreck...
{M} They still had enough men to dig that hole and attack Madra.
And enough to form two attack parties, too...
[003] :{S} Wait, if this is the Champa ship, then that must mean Piers
isn't a Champa! So... why does the elder still need Briggs to
clear his name?
{M} Briggs must be trying to get a new ship in Alhafra. I hope the
elder finds him first!
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'10] --- [Osenia] --- [01'10] #$#
#$#$# Yampi Desert #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - "M." = Madran
"MEG" = Madran
Elder's
Group
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# [author's note] #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
Due to a broken bridge, this is the only way to get to Alhafra.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Madran elder's group #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
[MEG#5] : Can't we just forget about Briggs?
M. Elder : No. I'm not about to quit looking for him. There must be some way
through this desert! We must press onward! This is where my son
must prove himself as mayor... So, Son. How are you planning to
get us through this desert and on to Alhafra?
M. Elder :{S} So, Son. How are you planning to get us through this desert and
on to Alhafra?
{M} My son is in quite a fix, but I'm not going to help him. Only by
overcoming adversity can he ever hope to become a strong leader.
M. Mayor :{S} Father, how am I supposed to get us through the desert?
I think you're overestimating my abilities.
{M} My father's always telling me to overcome adversity, but he
never tells me how! I don't understand why we can't just go home
and forget about Alhafra.
[MEG#3] :{S} Ooooh... This desert... It's so hot out here! I feel dizzy!
{M} Sure, it's hot. But it's a dry heat... and I can't stand it!
I want to go somewhere cool and just relax!
[MEG#4] :{S} Water... My throat is so parched! *Gasp!* ...It's no use...
{M} There's a spring over there, but we can't reach it... I hear Fate
mocking us.
[MEG#5] :{S} As you can see, the elder is quite insistent on finding a way
through. He feels the only way to Alhafra is through this
desert...
{M} We've reached a dead end... I just want to go home to Madra.
[MEG#6] :{S} We followed the pirates here from Madra... Are you going to
Alhafra, too?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
I don't think you can get there through the desert...You probably
should've crossed the bridge you passed on the way here.
-(No)
You guys are lucky. We've gotta find some way through this
desert.
--------------------------------------------
{M} Briggs and the Champa are nowhere to be seen.
[MEG#7] :{S} If that accursed pirate Briggs hadn't smashed the bridge,
we wouldn't be here! Maybe we won't find him, but I promise you
Piers will pay the price for him!
{M} That Piers is SO one of the Champa... We don't need Briggs to
prove it. When we get back home, he's gonna pay for helping
Briggs.
* - Upon traversing to the ledge above the group:
[MEG#7] : Hey! Look! Up there! How did those guys get up there?
[MEG#4] : Maybe there's path up ahead that we missed...
* - The mayor takes of running, looking for the path.
[MEG#7] : Maybe... Maybe we can get through the desert after all!
[MEG#6] : We can find a way through to Alhafra!
[MEG#3] : I don't care where we go, as long as it's cool.
* - The mayor shouts from a bit away.
M. Mayor : Hey! I found it! I found a way through!
* - The group heads towards the mayor's location. Following him, they manage to
arrive at the oasis that they previously thought was unreachable.
M. Elder :{S} My son... has passed his first test as mayor. I'll have to
congratulate him. Eventually. Now, to see if his luck holds up.
{M} Regardless of what happens next, know that you have done well,
my son.
M. Mayor :{S} If we remain here much longer, Briggs will be beyond our reach...
We have to press on just a little farther...
{M} Hooo... I can't believe we're going to all this trouble for a
stranger... I'm still not convinced that Piers isn't one of
Briggs's henchmen...
[MEG#3] :{S} I'm just glad we're finally able to rest. It doesn't feel like
my brain is on fire anymore...
{M} Maybe we should have the mayor go on ahead while we rest here...
[MEG#4] :{S} Oh, man! This is the best water I've ever tasted! Yowza!
{M} I don't want to leave! At least let me fill up on water before
we go.
[MEG#5] :{S} Osenia is so much larger than I'd thought... I wonder how much
farther it is to Alhafra.
{M} How much longer will we be walking, anyway? I feel like we've
walked off the edge of the world as it is...
[MEG#6] :{S} At last, we can get through this accursed desert! Except that
the elder and the others need to rest before we go.
{M} Oh, not again! Don't tell me they want to rest again!
[MEG#7] :{S} I was certain this was a dead end. What's wrong with this desert?
This is only delaying Piers's punishment...
{M} My job is to find evidence that Piers is a Champa. The elder is
with us, so I wouldn't dream of lying...
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'11] --- [Osenia] --- [01'11] #$#
#$#$# Alhafra #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - "M." = Madran
"MEG" = Madran
Elder's
Group
"A." = Alhafran
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Town entrance #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - Shortly after Felix's group sets foot in town, [MEG#7, 6] arrive.
[MEG#7] : Finally! We made it!
[MEG#6] : We-We're here?
* - [MEG#3, 4] enter Alhafra.
[MEG#7] : Where's the Elder?
[MEG#3] : He's coming now...
* - [MEG#5] gets there first.
[MEG#5] : Haaa hoo hooo... Are we... here? I fee like I just walked 500 miles.
I'm fine... I feel like I could walk 500 more!
* - The Madran mayor and elder arrive.
M. Mayor : So... is this Alhafra? Madra's a pretty big place, but this town
is huge!
M. Elder : We didn't come to Alhafra to shop, Mister Mayor. We're here to
bring in Briggs the Champa.
M. Mayor : I know that!
M. Elder : Then we should go straight to speak with Alhafra's mayor.
[MEG#7] : We're in no shape to go present ourselves to the mayor right now!
* - [MEG#6] looks around.
[MEG#6] : Look, Briggs is obviously not here, and besides, we already know
Piers is--
M. Elder : Silence!
* - The elder notices damaged walls near the sea.
M. Elder : It seems Alhafra has felt the effects of the tidal wave as well...
[MEG#3] : It looks like they suffered a good deal of damage...
M. Elder : That would explain why Alhafra doesn't seem to have any boats
for sale, either!
[MEG#5] : You know, just looking around, I get the impression they only had
one boat to begin with!
M. Elder : So if you really needed a boat, the only way to get one would be
to steal it. Hmmm... But wouldn't that cause quite an uproar?
M. Mayor : ...Which means the pirates must still be here, trying to get a boat!
[MEG#7] : So, you think we've actually caught up with Briggs?
[MEG#6] : No doubt about it!
M. Elder : That's why I want to meet the mayor of Alhafra before the Champa
steal a ship.
M. Mayor : Oh yeah... I get it now. In that case, let's go see Alhafra's mayor
right away.
* - A man walks by.
M. Mayor : Um... Say, excuse me... Where would we find the mayor of Alhafra?
Man : Uh...The mayor? Just keep going down this road. It's the last house.
You can't miss it.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Pirate hiding behind trees near path to mayor's residence #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
Pirate : Ooo... This ain't good! That guy looked like the mayor of Madra...
He must have come here looking for Briggs. I'd better go tell
the others!
* - The pirate runs off.
Alternatively, if Felix is in a position such that the pirate bumps into him
Pirate : What's your problem? What are you, some kind of freak? Well? What!?
You got a problem with me?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Pirate : Ah, who cares what you think? I've got stuff to do, so scram, kid!
-(No)
Pirate : So where do you get off invading my personal space, huh? Scram,
stinkbreath!
-----------------------------------------------------------
Pirate : Where was I? Oh yeah, I was going to tell them about the mayor of
Madra!
* - He departs.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Inn, 2F #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
Alex : So, you've finally come. I had suspected we might run into each
other again, since we both are looking for boats. Unfortunately,
the only boat this town possesses has already been sold. I will be
resting here in Alhafra a bit longer. I have traveled long and hard,
and I am weary. Perhaps we can get along at least until we both
depart.
* - Speaking to him again:
Alex :{S} The broken mast on the ship they sold won't be easily fixed.
That is, as long as we Adepts don't do anything about it.
{M} Really, I do wish you would quit using your Mind Read on me...
Trust me, my thoughts will become all too clear in due time...
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Eastern Alhafra - Ship with broken mast #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - One of the ropes tied to the mast has caught on a stone pillar in the water.
A large stone sits atop the tip of the mast.
A wooden crate has fallen onto the sail.
A wooden log sits partially on the boat and partially on the mast.
Pirate 1 : It's... It's no use! The mast just won't budge, no matter how many
people we get to help us!
Pirate 3 : We're going to have to get all this junk off the mast first. If we
could just get some decent footing, we could have this thing clear
in no time!
Pirate 2 : There's more to it than that, though...
Pirate 4 : We still have to do something about that rope over there.
Pirate 3 : Untangling that'll be a piece of cake, once we get a boat we can
use...
Pirate 1 : Oh, yeah... A piece of cake... Except for that huge rock over there!
Pirate 3 : Oh yeah... The rock...
Pirate 4 : How are we supposed to get the mast out from under that thing?
It's huge!
Pirate 2 : There's no way we're gonna move it by ourselves...
Pirate 3 : Well, either way, we can't do anything until Zack finishes
the canoe.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Outside ]
[001] :{S} Welcome to Alhafra. This is the largest town in western Osenia...
You can find anything you need here! ...Unless you need a boat,
that is...
{M} This guy's probably wondering about that boat sitting down at the
pier... It still floats, but I don't think the thing can move...
[002] :{S} A massive tidal wave hit us and destroyed every ship in Alhafra.
{M} Losing out boats was awful... But I feel so bad for all the
people whose houses were destroyed by the tidal wave.
[003] :{S} Right after my boat got crushed, a group of men came by asking
if I had one for sail. They were pretty swarthy, like they might
have been sailors or something.
{M} Those guys looking for a boat sure were in a hurry. I wonder
why... Hey, at least I was able to unload that boat with the
busted mast on them.
[004] :{S} I hear the tidal wave knocked Indra into Osenia. Is that true?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Really? It's just so hard to believe, you know? Still, that would
explain the massive jolt we felt right after the tidal wave hit.
-(No)
I was hoping a traveler like you might have a better idea of
what happened... Oh well...
--------------------------------------------
{M} I just can't believe a single tidal wave could cause an entire
continent to move like that. But I used to be able to see Indra
to the north of us, and it's definitely not there...
[005] :{S} Those men didn't look like they were from Osenia... I wonder
what business they have in Alhafra...
{M} If this guy's looking to buy a boat, he's looking in the wrong
town... I already sold the last boat in town, and it had a
broken mast!
[006] :{S} Those people that just came through looked totally exhausted.
You don't suppose they passed through Yampi Desert to get here,
do you?
{M} Who would come to Alhafra across the Yampi Desert? It's way too
dangerous! Anyone with half a brain would've just taken the
bridge to the northwest...
[007] :{S} No one is allowed beyond this point. Don't even think about it.
{M} The mayor said no one goes through, and I mean to make sure
no one goes through!
* He's guarding the entrance to the Alhafran Cave (NOT prison).
[Armor] :{S} That tidal wave may well wash out both my business and the
weapon shopkeeper's!
{M} It doesn't matter how well-crated a suit of armor is... If you
soak it in seawater, it's junk. All my furs are ruined... All my
steels is rusted. It's nothing but garbage now...
[Weapon] :{S} We were hit by a wave so strong that it swept homes off their
foundations! What's worse is, all my best weapons were washed
out to sea!
{M} Losing all my most expensive items may well ruin my business
entirely...
[010] :{S} Our port was ruined by the tidal wave, so kids aren't allowed
there anymore... But all I want to do is just see what kind of
wind is blowing in off the sea...
{M} I don't know why they won't let us kids go down to see the dock..
I wanna see what kind of damage the tidal wave did!
[011] :{S} We've had a lot of strangers coming through here lately.
{M} This tidal wave's actually been good for Alhafra. The town is
bustling with activity... I think I'll steer clear of those
swarthy men at the wharf, though... They're a scary lot!
[012] :{S} Let me guess... You're here because you want to buy a canoe,
right?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Sorry, but I'm totally backlogged with preorders. I'm gonna be
up late finishing these as it is...
-(No)
That's good, because I've got a ton of work to do already...
And then I have to head down to the wharf and help clean up
the wreck...
--------------------------------------------
{M} We can't raise the mast until we get rid of the debris. But I
can't help get rid of the debris until I finish at least this
one last canoe!
[013] :{S} That boat at the wharf uses a sail, so it's more efficient than
any galley. But since the mast is broken, it's not going any-
where. What a waste.
{M} I still can't believe those guys wanted to buy my busted boat!
One man's junk...
[014] :{S} Why would the mayor go and sell our boat to a bunch of
foreigners? I know it's got a broken mast, but come on!
{M} It may be newfangled, but it's no good if it's broken. Forget
technology! I'm sticking with boats with oars! No masts for me!
[015] :{S} The only boat spared by the tidal wave is that newfangled ship
that catches wind in a sail... The thing is... the mast that
holds up the sail got snapped apart!
{M} I wonder if my partner has finished up that canoe yet...
The sooner he finishes, the sooner we can clean things up
down at the jetty.
[ Mayor's residence ]
Guard 1 :{S} Listen, you look like an OK guy, and I'd love to let you through,
but I just can't... I mean, if I let you in, then I'd have to let
everyone in, right? I'm sorry, but it wouldn't be fair.
{M} My partner's always in such a bad mood... Maybe I should
bake him a him...
Guard 2 :{S} Did you want to see the mayor?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Sorry, but he's meeting with some visitors from Madra right now..
Maybe you can see him once he's finished with them.
-(No)
The mayor is very open to meeting visitors, but he's in an
important meeting now... So it's probably good that you're not
here to see him...
--------------------------------------------
{M} I hate my job. I always have to be so tough and secretive
around people. Deep down inside, all I really want to do is
read them some of my poetry...
[ Buildings ]
Innkeeper1:{S} Maybe you've noticed, but a lot of folk here lost their homes
in the wave, but I don't mind them.
{M} I never imagined anyone from Alhafra would ever stay at my inn.
Innkeeper2:{S} You see how full our inn is? You'd think we'd be making money
hand over fist... But that's not true... We just don't have the
heart to charge the people who lost their homes.
{M} Perhaps the mayor will cover the cost of lodging everyone so we
can feed them a decent meal. We're just trying to be helpful,
but we're the ones who end up looking cheap.
Chef :{S} The innkeeper told me to use only the cheapest ingredients to
help save money.
{M} I can't believe I'm only supposed to feed the villagers vegetable
dishes.
[004] :{S} The town ought to give money to all the people who suffered
from the tidal wave... That way, maybe the innkeeper could afford
to make us better food...
{M} I bet the master of the inn could afford to give us better food
than he's been giving us.
[005] :{S} We're all guests in the same inn, so why is my meal so awful?
At the very least, they should let us go back for seconds of
that stinking slop!
{M} I think I've lost weight form all these vegetables! Sure,
I'm looking skinnier than ever, but something tells me this
just isn't healthy.
[006] :{S} I don't think I've had a bite of meat or fish ever since setting
foot in this inn.
{M} *Sniff sniff* That smell! That's the smell of fish... No!
Now I'm drooling!
[007] :{S} Ohhh... I'm hungry... My tummy hurts... When's dinnertime?
{M} Maybe I'm just hungry, but everything they put in front of me
looks delicious. I'm so hungry I could eat my own hand...
[008] :{S} The innkeeper serves his paying guests better meals than we
Alhafrans get. That's so cheap! I want gourmet meals, too!
{M} Maybe it's 'cause all we've been eating is vegetables, but I
just never seem to fill up.
[009] :{S} I can't believe the innkeeper is renting out more rooms when
we're as busy as this.
{M} I can't believe the innkeeper is cramming all those poor people
into that tiny room. He certainly can't badmouth the mayor...
they're both stingy!
[010] :{S} We all have to bear the discomfort of this place until our homes
are repaired.
{M} When you're living packed in together like this, you're bound to
get on each other's nerves. I just hope everything goes back to
normal once we move back into our own homes.
[011] :{S} I heard there's only one person staying in the room next door.
Can't they just move one more person into that room? Like me?
{M} That warrior next door is so suave and handsome, just how I
like 'em. I hope we can be friends.
[012] :{S} I'll never forgive the mayor for failing to come to our aid
when we were all suffering... I wonder what I can do to make
him suffer...
{M} I hope the mayor's treasure room doesn't run too close to the
prison... If those thieves found out about it, they'd dig their
way out in no time flat!
[013] :{S} Our guests are very upset with the mayor. I just hope they don't
do anything... rash...
{M} I know our mayor's bad, but he wouldn't stoop to stealing from
his own people, would he?
[014] :{S} Why do we all have to be cooped up in such a small room? How am I
supposed to sleep with Grandpa grinding his teeth all night?
{M} I think they put me next to Grandpa so they wouldn't have to
listen to him grind his teeth.
[015] :{S} My pop's been lookin' around, an' he says the mayor keeps all his
treasure underground. He says it's south of the palace, but
that's all I know about it.
{M} Everyone says the hill beneath the mayor's mansion is full of
tunnels. I wonder if that's true.
-----
[016] :{S} We're taking care of some people whose house was destroyed by
the tidal wave. But... they're just so demanding! My wife feels
so overwhelmed that she can't take it anymore!
{M} I just wish that old man would stop pestering my wife all the
time!
[017] :{S} Augh! With all these demanding houseguests, I feel like I've
lost control of my own house!
{M} I don't mind helping people in need, but I won't be taken
advantage of...
* - When speaking to [018] or [019] for the first time:
[018] : Aren't you thirsty, my dear?
[019] : Oh, you're right, dear. I am!
* - [018] approaches [017].
[018] : Sorry to bother you, but we'd like some tea.
[017] : Are you talking to me?! If you want tea, you can go right ahead
and fix it yourself!
[018] :{S} Well! I say! It seems the lady of the house is no lady at all!
{M} All I ask is for a little tea, and that's the behavior i get!?
I just want to get out of this inhospitable house and back into
my own sweet home...
[019] :{S} When we lost our house in the tidal wave, the master of this
house offered his home to us. But living with another family
isn't easy. Hahhh... They're absolutely exhausting!
{M} Is this how a young bridge treats her husband these days?
Back in my day, we were never like that!
-----
Healer :{S} In the middle of Osenia, there's a terrible village where they
worship a foul and vengeful god.
{M} The people of Garoh brought the curse upon themselves for
worshipping their wicked god...
-----
[Item] :{S} Don't mention the tidal wave to the other merchants... It did a
lot of damage, and we'd really just rather not talk about it,
you know?
{M} If all my goods were damaged by seawater, they'd be useless.
I'd have to throw them all away... I'm lucky the wave missed
my shop.
-----
[022] :{S} Those guys who bought the boat looked kinda shabby... But I hear
they paid the mayor a whole wad of cash for it...
{M} Why would anyone pay so much for a broken old boat? I know I
shouldn't be so suspicious, but there's something odd about
them...
[023] :{S} I don't care if it WAS broken! The mayor shouldn't have up and
sold the town's only boat!
{M} I wonder if the mayor will use that money to repair our poor
town...
[ Alhafran Cave (prison) ]
Guard :{S} Everything's so boring here... Why doesn't anybody do anything...
criminal?
{M} I don't know why there are so many outsiders in Alhafra now,
but it's bound to mean trouble.
[ Eastern Alhafra ]
Pirate 1 :{S} What's your problem? You're new in town, aren't you?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
You're probably curious about this here ship, huh?
--(Yes)
They call this a "sailing" ship... Wind is the only thing
that'll make it move... Isn't that incredible?
---(Yes)
Yeah, well, think of how surprised we were to find that Alhafra
had learned to build sailing ships! I suppose the age when anyone
could sail the seas was bound to come someday.
---(No)
You kids today, with your "been there, done that" attitudes...
It's a shame...
--(No)
Masted ships like this were originally built by the Champa...
Oh, forget it. It's lost on you.
-(No)
Well, I've never seen you before, but whatever...
--------------------------------------------
{M} People call us Champa a seafaring people because we make sail-
boats... And sure, maybe we do a little pillaging on the side...
But now that Alhafra can build sailboats, Briggs's pirating days
may be ending.
Pirate 2 :{S} We sent my pal into town to get some supplies, but he came back
looking pale... He went straight down to talk to Briggs, and I
haven't seen him since...
{M} That lousy rat... If something happened back there, he should
have told all of us! Now I can't stop worrying... What's taking
him so long!?
Pirate 3 :{S} We paid big money for this ship. It's ours now, so don't you go
cryin' about it.
{M} I thought it would be easy to right the mast, but I think I must
have been crazy....
Pirate 4 :{S} If we could just raise the mast, we could head back to Champa...
{M} When I think about how long it will be until we go home, I miss
Champa all the more. I'm just glad nobody in Champa knows we're
pirates.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Eastern Alhafra - Below the ship's deck #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - Briggs is speaking with a pirate within a room. From the hallway,
Felix's group is able to eavesdrop.
Briggs : The mayor of Madra? Here? You're certain? How did he know we came to
Alhafra?
Pirate : We knew we needed a ship, and he knew we went east. It seems pretty
easy to me.
Briggs : Arr... Well, yeah... When you put it that way, it does make sense...
Pirate : He was looking to find the mayor of Alhafra...
Briggs : He must be hoping the mayor will tell him where we are...
Pirate : He'll probably tell the Alhafrans we're pirates, too, huh?
Briggs : Pirates!? That seems a little unfair!
Pirate : What do you mean? We... are pirates, aren't we? I mean, we've taken
all sorts of stuff that didn't belong to us.
Briggs : That's only because everyone in Champa would starve otherwise!
We don't have any choice.
Pirate : Ah...
Briggs : And even then, it's never a lot.
Pirate : Wha-What's not?
Briggs : The stuff we take. We never take too much from any one town.
Pirate : Yeah, I guess not...
Briggs : And why do you think that is?
Pirate : Er... Why?
Briggs : Because you never can tell how these wealthy towns will react.
It's too risky, right?
Pirate : Hey, yeah! Which is why we didn't steal anything from Alhafra...
Briggs : Right! That's why we avoid the risky towns and just take what we
need from the others?
Pirate : See? That's why you're our captain, Briggs! You've got brains
coming out your ears!
Jenna : Hmph! There's nothing brainy about that!
Briggs : Did you hear that? It sounded like a girl! Who's out there!?
* - They go to the hallway.
Pirate : What do you think you're doing?
Sheba : Don't you know that someone has been falsely imprisoned for your
crimes?
Briggs : Er... What's your point?
Jenna : You have to come with us and attest to that man's innocence!
Briggs : And... why would I want to do something like that?
* - Jenna and Sheba turn to Kraden. With some hesitation, he forms a reply.
Kraden : Oh-ho! I was hoping we could avoid any ugliness, but you leave us
no choice! We'll bring you in against your will if we must, but
either way, you're coming with us! Isn't that right, Felix?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Jenna : Good for you! Let's teach these guys a lesson!
-(No)
Jenna : After what they've done? Come on, we need to make them fess up!
-----------------------------------------------------------
Pirate : You don't stand a chance! We're hardened criminal types!
We eat punks like you for breakfast!
Briggs : Watch yourselves, you self-righteous little brats! You're the ones
with a lesson to learn!
* - Briggs and the pirate engage Felix's group in combat. After the fight:
Jenna : Well, that takes care of that!
Sheba : And I'm willing to bet everyone Briggs has been harassing will be
quite happy to hear it!
Kraden : This should set everyone in Indra at ease... They all seemed to
fear the pirate Briggs...
Briggs : We lost... Even pirates have honor... I'll go quietly. I won't make
a scene just because I lost... Go on... Hand us over to Madra or
Alhafra or whoever...
Jenna : Good... First off, you can tell the Madrans that the man called
Piers is innocent.
Briggs : Fine. So, what, I just have to say that Piers isn't one of my men?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Sheba : That's right. You tell the Madrans that, and they can release
their prisoner.
-(No)
Sheba : Saying Piers is innocent won't clear you of your own crimes...
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : We've secured Briggs's vow... We should take him to the Madrans...
* - A woman rushes in.
Chaucha : Wait! Can't you find it in your hearts to forgive Briggs and
his men?
Kraden : And who are you?
Chaucha : My name is Chaucha. I am Briggs's wife.
Jenna : So you're a pirate, too?
Briggs : No! Chaucha hasn't done a thing! Let her be!
Chaucha : I know Briggs and his men have caused some great trouble with their
piracy... And I know their crimes cannot be ignored...
Sheba : If you know all that, then how can you ask us just to forgive him?
Chaucha : The only reason Briggs became a pirate was to help the people of
Champa. We Champa are a seafaring folk. Our livelihood depends
entirely upon the sea. But in recent years, the sea has changed...
We can't live the life we once could.
Briggs : The oceans have warmed, and the fish have vanished from our waters.
Chaucha : The soil in Champa is rocky and barren. No crops can grow there.
Kraden : No crops! So you have no grains! And no meat? It sounds like life
in Champa is hard...
Briggs : It's not hard! It's unbearable! Our children can't eat! Our village
is dying!
Chaucha : These men promised to return with food enough for all our people,
but they found none...
Jenna : So you became pirates... thieves...
Sheba : We don't know where Champa is...
Kraden : It sits on the southeast corner of Angara...
Jenna : Southeast Angara? Isn't that near Xian and Lama Temple?
Kraden : You have a good memory! If you were to head south through the
mountains, you'd find it.
Jenna : That's so far away...
Briggs : Well, yeah! You think we could be successful pirates so close
to home?
Chaucha : If they raided any towns near Champa, it would be obvious to all
who the attackers were...
Briggs : And no one back home could forgive me if they knew. Not even my
grandmother...
M. Mayor : But where does that leave us? Are we simply to accept your looting
here on Indra?
* - The Madran mayor, elder, the Alhafran mayor, two guards and [MEG#7] have
entered.
A. Mayor : I'm shocked, I tell you. Shocked!
M. Elder : What's so shocking?
A. Mayor : It looks like they really are pirates, just like you said...
M. Mayor : Mister Mayor, I am appalled that you could not take our word for it!
[MEG#7] : He probably wouldn't even have believed we were from Madra if the
mayor hadn't come!
A. Mayor : Am I supposed to believe the accusations of a complete stranger?
[MEG#7] : Is this your position, Mayor?
* - The Alhafran mayor nods.
A. Mayor : How can I be expected to believe a tidal wav could wash Indra into
Osenia? Or that a group of men could walk--on foot!--from Madra
all the way to Alhafra?
M. Elder : It sounds to me like you had forgotten about us altogether!
A. Mayor : I'm not sure you remember the last time we met. Do you?
* - Neither the Madran elder or [MEG#7] seem to recall.
M. Mayor : We met when I was just a child... It must have been more than
ten years ago now...
A. Mayor : Twenty years! It's been twenty years since I last saw you.
M. Elder : Has it really been so long?
A. Mayor : It's been quite a long time indeed!
[MEG#7] : I guess we can't blame you for forgetting his face.
A. Mayor : Don't be silly! I didn't forget his face! His face merely...changed!
Kraden : Ahem! Forgive my interrupting your interruption, but... Would I be
correct in assuming that I am speaking to the leaders of Madra and
Alhafra?
M. Mayor : You are correct! I am the mayor of Madra.
* - The Madran elder and Alhafran mayor start to speak at the same time.
M. Elder : And I...
A. Mayor : I am...
* - Speaking quietly, they work out an order.
A. Mayor : I am the mayor of Alhafra.
M. Elder : I am Madra's town elder.
[MEG#7] : I am a close personal friend of Shin, whose lover was injured by
the Champa!
Kraden : I am the scholar Kraden.
* - Kraden turns to Felix.
Kraden : He is Felix, the leader of our group.
Jenna : I am Jenna, Felix's sister.
Sheba : I am called Sheba. I come from the town of Lalivero.
Kraden : Now, what errand has brought you all here?
* - The Madran and Alhafran mayors start to speak at the same time.
M. Mayor : We came for Briggs...
A. Mayor : The mayor of Madra claims--
* - The Alhafran mayor motions for the Madran mayor to continue.
M. Mayor : We followed Briggs here from Madra. Of course, we have good reason
to suspect them of being pirates.
* - Briggs and Chaucha seem a tad displeased by the descriptor.
A. Mayor : Ahem! And I was honestly taken aback to hear a businessman being
slandered! If they truly are pirates, then why would they go to
the trouble of buying a ship from us?
M. Elder : Because the very funds they used to purchase the ship were pillaged
from our homes!
Briggs : If the ship was bought with Madran gold, then it belongs to the
Madrans! What do you say? If we give them the ship, will that fix
everything?
M. Mayor : Then where will you go?
Briggs : I won't run, and I won't hide. ...Actually, I don't feel up for
much of anything right now.
M. Elder : Then you probably won't mind being locked up, will you?
Chaucha : Briggs...
Briggs : Don't worry, Chaucha! I'll be back! Take care of Eoleo!
* - Note: Eoleo is their child.
Briggs turns to Felix's group.
Briggs : Your strange powers surprised me, but even without them, you would
have overwhelmed us.
* - Briggs and his men approach the mayors and the elder.
M. Mayor : We'll be taking that boat, then.
Pirate 1 : You're taking our ship!? You're worse than we ever were!
Pirate 2 : Aren't you at least going to pay us for the boat!?
Briggs : Quiet! All of you!
* - He turns back to the Madran mayor.
Briggs : Do as you must, but I have one request... You have to let Chaucha
and Eoleo stay in the boat until it's repaired.
* - The Madran mayor nods.
A. Mayor : You haven't done Alhafra any harm, Briggs...
M. Elder : At least keep him locked up until the boat is repaired...
* - The Alhafran mayor nods.
[MEG#7] : And our prisoner, Piers... Is he one of your men?
Briggs : I don't know any Piers! Sounds to me like you've made a pretty big
mistake!
M. Elder : See! It's just as I said! Piers is innocent! You must return to
Madra and free him immediately!
[MEG#7] : ...Me? What, alone?!?
M. Mayor : Only two of us will remain here. You can return to Madra with
the others.
[MEG#7] : Understood! We'll return immediately!
* - He departs.
Guard 1 : Can you come with us? ...Please?
* - Briggs nods. The two guards lead him and his men away.
A. Mayor : It looks like that wraps this whole mess up... Let us return to my
mansion for a nice cup of tea...
* - The Alhafran mayor and the Madran elder begin to depart, but the mayor stops
and turns back.
A. Mayor : You say your name is Kraden?
* - Kraden nods.
A. Mayor : Thank you very much for the help with Briggs. If you have time,
please come see me at my mansion before you go... It's nothing
special, but I would like to thank you for everything you've done.
* - He and the elder depart.
M. Mayor : Why do I get the feeling the mayor of Alhafra prefers to deal with
my father over me?
* - He turns to Felix's group.
M. Mayor : Thank all of you very much. Due to your efforts, Piers is going to
be released.
* - He examines the ship.
M. Mayor : And now, this fine ship belongs to Madra. None of this would have
come to pass were it not for you. Thank you. Unfortunately, I don't
have any reward I can offer you here...
Kraden : Oh, pish posh! We don't need any reward, do we, Felix?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
M. Mayor : Ha! Your honesty is refreshing, Felix!
-(No)
M. Mayor : That's as [sic] may be, but I still feel quite indebted to you.
-----------------------------------------------------------
M. Mayor : So, what shall I do? I know... Come to Madra after our boat has been
fixed and we've sailed home. We are still recovering from the
effects of the tidal wave, so it won't be much... But we do want to
give you some kind of reward. Well, shall we be going?
* - He departs.
Chaucha : I see, so...
* - Felix's group turns to her.
Chaucha : Oh! N-Nothing. Never mind... I do get to stay on the boat, right?
At least until it's repaired? Yes. That's where I'll be if you
need me. ...With Eoleo...
* - She departs.
Sheba : I feel kind of bat for Chaucha.
Jenna : What can we do about it? After all, she's the one married to a
pirate.
Kraden : So, what should we do now? I suggest that we try to find Piers.
He could prove enlightening!
Sheba : That's true... He seems to be a Water Adept. He might be able to
tell us a little about these lands...
Jenna : Do you think we should help them fix the boat?
Kraden : Say, if we help with the boat, maybe they'll give us a rid back to
Madra! Good idea!
Sheba : What do you say, Felix?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Jenna : All right! Let's go see what we can do to get this thing
sailing again!
-(No)
Jenna : You're opposed to it? Well, since you seem to have your own ideas,
let's get going!
-----------------------------------------------------------
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Eastern Alhafra #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
Kraden : You do plan to help with the mast, right?
Sheba : Not even Briggs and his pirates could fix that mast. How are we
supposed to?
Jenna : They need our help... We at least have to try... Isn't that right,
Felix?
* - Felix nods.
Kraden : Well then, we'd better get right to it, hadn't we?
* - By the large stone atop the mast's tip:
Jenna : I don't know what we're going to do about this rock... I think
we've done all we can do here... Let's get going...
* - When heading off the ship after that prior comment:
Kraden : Are you finished here, Felix?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Sheba : Wait, you wanted to do this, and now you're telling me we should
just give up?
Jenna : I just don't see how much more help we can be here, Sheba.
-(No)
Sheba : Oh, don't be ridiculous! We've already done so much.
Jenna : I know how you feel, but there's nothing else we can do right now.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : So... Maybe we should start searching for another ship then...
...Now that I was planning on "borrowing" the Madran's ship!
Although... I did plan on asking them if we could use it once we
got back to Madra... But it doesn't look like the ship will be
leaving anytime soon. So I think maybe we should just forget about
that and start on our way again, Felix.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Mayor's residence #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Alhafran mayor ]
A. Mayor : Briggs tells me there are huge towns on a continent that lies across
the Eastern Sea. He tells me that, by trading with one another, all
of these towns prosper and grow... I've made a decision...If Alhafra
is to prosper, then we must trade, too! Trade and grow! I'm going to
build an entire trade fleet and make lots of money! Still... there
must be other pirates and freebooters still roaming the high seas.
Felix, Briggs told me you and your friends fought with great
strength. If you could lend me that strength, we would need not fear
any pirates. So if you'd just be willing to help us out, our town
could begin trading... and prospering... What do you say? Do we
have a deal?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Great! Why don't you just stay here in Alhafra until we're ready
for our first trade run?
-(No)
Ah, such a pity that you don't see the potential of this partner-
ship... I certainly hope you will reconsider... We stand to make
a lot of money...
--------------------------------------------
[ Madran mayor ]
M. Mayor : Darn that mayor... I thought he'd get that mast fixed up for us
right away... I'm starting to think the mayor of Alhafra never
planned on repairing that boat at all! I was a fool to believe he
would help us...
[ Man in Alhafran's mayor's room ]
Jiya : I'm sure the mayor has his reasons for halting repairs on the
sailboat... The mayors feels that Madra should only get back what
was stolen from them. Nothing more. But now, it seems the Madrans
are getting the better end of the deal... The mayor thinks it unfair
that Madra should benefit while Alhafra suffers. That's why he's
keeping the pirates' money and using it to repair Alhafra, not the
boat. If Madra wants their boat fixed, then they can just pay us
to have it fixed.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Alhafran Cave (prison) #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
* - Chaucha and Eoleo are visiting Briggs.
Guard : You here to see Briggs?
Briggs : Chaucha... It's good to see you. And you, too, Eoleo.
Eoleo : Goo. Goo goo ga.
Chaucha : How... is your cell? Is there anything I can do to make this easier
on you?
Pirate 1 : I'm fine, Chaucha. My only complaint is that the food here is
terrible.
Chaucha : What!? Are they forcing you to eat this disgusting gruel?
Guard : Now, wait a second... First of all, it's not disgusting. It's
nutritious! And besides... You're IN JAIL! What did you expect,
gourmet cuisine?
* - Eoleo tries lifting the cell's key from its table by using Psynergy.
But his power is weak, and thus he is unable to succeed in his endeavor.
Nevertheless, he continues trying.
A pirate, who noticed Felix's presence, whispers something in Briggs's ear.
Briggs : Eoleo!
* - Eoleo stops and looks at Briggs, who shakes his head disapprovingly.
Eoleo, however, resumes his attempt.
Briggs : Eoleo!
* - The child stops again.
Eoleo : Hooo... Ahhh waaah... WAHHH!
Guard : I don't know why he's crying! You're his mother! Can't you do
something!?
Chaucha : There there, Eoleo... What's the matter?
Eoleo : Waa waa waa!
Chaucha : Did the mean old guard frighten you?
Eoleo : Waa waa...
Chaucha : Don't let him bother you... He's just a big bully! Come on!
Let's get you home!
Eoleo : Waa waa...
* - Chaucha turns to the guard.
Chaucha : We'll be back again later. Will that be all right?
Guard : Yeah, yeah. That's fine.
* - She turns to Briggs.
Chaucha : We'll come back soon, dear.
* - She and Eoleo depart.
Using Mind Read on Briggs:
Briggs : Felix has strange powers of his own, so we can't let him see what
Eoleo can do. If he does, he might ruin our only chance to escape...
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Inn, 2F #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
Alex :{S} So, I hear you caught Briggs...
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Mia, a young girl from my clan, was very kind, much like you
are... Perhaps you should consider lending a hand to the mayor
of Madra. He could use it...
-(No)
You have no need to hide such fine exploits from me. Working hard
for the benefit of others is quite noble. That's what Mia always
said...
--------------------------------------------
{M} Feel free to help whomever you like if it truly makes you happy.
Perhaps capturing Briggs marks the beginning of your dreams
coming to fruition.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Outside, bottom level, leftmost destroyed house #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - Note: Previously, [019] = [Buildings-012], [020] = [Buildings-013],
[021] = [Buildings-014], [022] = [Buildings-015].
[020] : Why, look at this!
* - She finds some gold coins in a jar.
[019] : Wow, honey! You found some gold coins!
[021] : Way to go, Mom! So... How much did you find?
[020] : Oh! Well, it's not too much... It's only 5 coins.
[021] : That's great, though! We can use it to buy some food!
[022] : I'm going to start looking, too!
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Outside ]
[001] :{S} We're all going to work together to rebuild the homes that were
destroyed by the tidal wave. It may have hurt us, but if we put
our backs into it, we can overcome this hardship.
{M} It's so nice of everyone to chip in and help rebuild Alhafra.
[002] :{S} Once things are back to normal, we're all going to build another
sailboat. If we all work together, we'll have it done in no time!
{M} Everyone in town is so much happier now that we've started
rebuilding the town... I hope things stay this nice once all the
work is done.
[003] :{S} Everyone is talking about how you captured the pirates in the
prison. Wow! Taking care of that salty bunch is something else!
{M} Those pirates have the coolest outfits! Someday, I wanna be a
pirate, so I can dress up all fancy like that!
[004] :{S} So, the guys who bought the boat are the pirates who were
terrorizing Madra?
{M} You know, pirates who pay for stuff instead of stealing must be
pretty weird pirates.
[005] :{S} The mayor is the only one from Madra who stayed in town.
They said something about freeing an innocent man...
* Note: The elder stayed as well, actually.
{M} I can't believe they left their mayor behind! Those Madrans are
so coldhearted.
* - After the Madran mayor departs:
{S} I hear the mayor of Madra went back through the desert and home
to Madra...
{M} He seems like an honest, hardworking young man... nothing at all
like our mayor.
[006] :{S} The mayor of Madra apparently seized the boat from the pirates
and plans to sail it back home. I think he's got quite a wait
in store before that mast gets fixed.
{M} If our mayor thinks I'm going to work on a boat for him, he's got
another think [sic] coming. Madra's mayor can wait here forever
for all I care.
* - After the Madran mayor departs:
{S} It looks like the mayor of Madra went home to fetch some workers
for the boat...
{M} I guess our mayor didn't even offer Madra any help at all...
What a crummy thing to do.
[007] : * - He's guarding the entrance to the Alhafran Cave (NOT prison).
{S} No one is allowed beyond this point. Don't even think about it.
{M} The mayor said no one goes through, and I mean to make sure
no one goes through!
* - After giving Large Bread to [Outside-018] (this man's son):
You're the one who gave my son some food, aren't you? Did you want to
go see the cave?
------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
I'm only letting you pass because you did good by my son...
* - He steps aside.
I'm only letting you by so you can explore a little. Make sure you
don't lay a hand on any of the mayor's treasure.
-(No)
If you were up for a little spelunking, I'd be glad to let you pass.
Oh well...
------------------------------------------------
{S} I've heard that the deeper you go into the cave, the more
dangerous it gets, so be wary.
{M} Not that it matters. The door to the mayor's treasure room is
locked, so they're not getting in.
[Weapon] :{S} What? Briggs was the leader of a crew of pirates? Aw, but he was
so nice!
{M} Briggs was very generous. He bought plenty of weapons.
Wait a minute... I wonder what he was going to DO with all
those weapons...
[Armor] :{S} That group from Madra was incredibly lucky! They didn't do a
thing, but they get a great boat because someone else caught
Briggs.
{M} Getting a boat for nothing seems like a pretty good deal to me...
If you ignore the fact that that boat isn't going anywhere for
a while.
[010] :{S} I can help build houses, too. ...At least for a little while,
right?
{M} Helping people out feels really good.
[011] :{S} I never thought a fine house could be crushed in the blink of
an eye by plain old water. I guess that's what makes tidal waves
true natural disasters.
{M} You know, sitting here fixing houses really makes you think about
how unsafe the sea is.
[012] :{S} Once repairs are done here, we have to fix the bridge in the
northwest of Osenia. I guess Briggs destroyed it. If you're going
that way, I'd wait until the bridge is fixed.
{M} I wonder if the crew from Madra went back through Yampi Desert...
If they weren't in such a rush, they could just wait for the
bridge to be fixed.
[013] :{S} They told me they'd help get that mast fixed up. Would someone
please explain to me why suddenly they all decided to fix houses
instead?
{M} It's strange... The quarters down in the belly of that ship
feel pretty cramped... It seems like there should be a lot more
space down there somewhere...
[014] :{S} [014]: What does a sailor like me know about building houses,
anyway?
[011]: Hey! You there! Sailor boy! Get back to work!
[014]: Hey! Give me a break! I'm on it!
{M} Working on deck with the cool ocean breeze on your face feels
great. Working on land doesn't.
[015] :{S} We've put off fixing the boat for now so we can work on repairing
the town first. Which is exactly the opposite of what the mayor
of Alhafra said would happen.
{M} The fact that Madra took our boat from us can't be sitting well
with the mayor. That's probably why he put off fixing their mast.
* - Relocated (all now on lowest level, near destroyed houses):
[016] : * - Previously [Buildings-008].
{S} Once they fix the old folks' home, it'll be our turn to get
some repairs done. We're all doing our part to get things fixed,
even if it's just a little cleaning up.
{M} If we don't get out of this inn soon, I'll die of starvation!
The sooner Dad gets the house fixed, the sooner I get a good
meal!
[017] : * - Previously [Buildings-005]
{S} I was afraid my house would never get repaired, but everything's
fine now. With everyone working together, maybe our new houses
will be a little sturdier.
{M} You know, since we're rebuilding the house, maybe I'll ask for
my own room!
[018] : * - Previously [Buildings-007]. Son of [Outside-007]
{S} I'm so hungry I can't even move...
{M} I wish someone would just bring me some food...
* - Giving the boy "Large Bread":
Thanks, mister.
* [game]: The kid ate the bread.
Oh, wow, I feel so much better! Look at how much energy I've got now!
Geez, mister, I don't know how I can repay you... Wait, I've got it!
Do you like... adventures?
------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Then you totally have to go check out the caves under the mayor's
mansion! Go find my dad... He's up along the path near there.
The entrance is just past him.
-(No)
Really? Wow... You're so boring. Well, if you change your mind,
just let me know.
* - When speaking to him again, he repeats his question.
------------------------------------------------
{S} I'm feeling a lot better now thanks to you, mister. If you get
any more food, could you bring it to me, too?
{M} I wonder if I should have shared some with my sister.
* His sister was and is [Buildings-006].
[019] : * - Previously [Buildings-012]
{S} All my neighbors are going to work together to help rebuild
my house. A friend in need really is a friend indeed!
{M} Losing the lottery and being the last house to get fixed takes
some pretty bad luck. At least no one is complaining about how
bad our luck is... except me...
* - By 'lottery', he means the drawing to decide the order
in which the houses were to be repaired. His came in last.
[020] : * - Previously [Buildings-013]
{S} What a stroke of luck! Right when we really needed it, too!
There might be more, so let's keep looking!
* - She's referring to the gold coins she found.
{M} I thought the hard part of cleaning up would be fixing the
houses... But that's a piece of cake next to having to pick up
all these pots and jars...
[021] : * - Previously [Buildings-014]
{S} My dad lost the draw, so our house is going to be the last one
to get fixed...
{M} All because of my dad's stupid luck, our house is the very last
one fixed. Maybe he can make up for it by finding some cash.
[022] : * - Previously [Buildings-015]
{S} I wonder if there's any more money hidden around here...
Oh, and I'll help with the cleaning up, too!
{M} I really shouldn't be peeking into other people's pots, should I?
[ Mayor's residence ]
Guard 1 :{S} Oh, Felix! Go on in! The mayor's been looking forward to meeting
with you.
{M} The mayor was really impressed with these guys... He'll probably
want them to stay in Alhafra... I hope he doesn't try to give
Felix my job. I hate when he does that.
Guard 2 :{S} Ah! Felix! Welcome, welcome... Listen, sorry about all that
"not letting you in" business before... Don't take it personally.
{M} If I'd known Briggs was a pirate, I would have fought him myself.
I never get to have any fun.
A. Mayor :{S} I am planning a glorious new sailing ship so that we can begin
trading immediately... I'm certain this will go well, and we will
both become very, very wealthy indeed.
{M} This is such a fantastic idea, and I'm the one who thought of
it...So, naturally, it need only be me alone who profits from it.
Jiya :{S} The mayor won't help fix the boat until he feels he's getting a
fair payment in exchange. If Madra's mayor wants the boat fixed,
he's going to have to shell out more cash.
{M} The mayor hates seeing anyone else make money, so I'm sure he'll
make this tough on Madra. Heh heh heh... The mayor doesn't play
fair.
[005] :{S} What do you think of Alhafra? Have you taken a fancy to it?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Then you are welcome to stay and relax for as long as you please.
I am sure our mayor will be happy to hear it.
-(No)
Then why don't you follow your feet to the south? There are
plenty of delights for warriors such as you in the middle of
Osenia.
--------------------------------------------
{M} Why do they always tell me to send adventure-seekers to South
Osenia? All you do is go to the desert and head south. Where's
the adventure in that?
[006] :{S} You should go to the watchtower and gaze southward. On a clear
day you can see the most amazing view of Air's Rock from there.
{M} There are numerous tales about that rocky peak we call Air's
Rock. Air's Rock looks so odd that many people think there must
be something in hiding there.
[007] :{S} I've been saying Indra wasn't in the right place for some time
now. Nobody would believe me until the mayor of Madra actually
walked here!
{M} I sat and gazed at that continent every day. I ought to know
where that continent should and shouldn't be, I tell you!
[008] :{S} Lookee here! Can't you see Air's Rock out there?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
From here, it just looks like a regular old rock, but from up
close, it's something else! The first thing you think when you
see it is "Now that's one serious rock!"
-(No)
Oh... I guess today is a bit cloudier than usual. Air's Rock
has another name. They call it the Windy Peak. You almost never
see clouds near it.
--------------------------------------------
{M} The longer I sit here gazing at Air's Rock, the more I grow to
love it. All it takes is one glance, and you're convinced it
holds some mystery deep within.
[009] :{S} Our town was rife with pirates until just recently. Your efforts
have removed a scourge from our town. We truly owe you our
gratitude.
{M} Those pirates never did us any harm, but that's because they were
up to something.
[010] :{S} The mountains to the east of Alhafra are the Balloo Range.
They divide Osenia in two. And we call the area on the other side
of the Balloo Range East Osenia.
{M} There's no way to cross the Balloo Range from here. I've heard
western Osenia is nothing compared to the frightful things found
in the east.
M. Mayor :{S} I'm starting to think the mayor of Alhafra never planned on
repairing that boat at all! I was a fool to believe he would
help us...
{M} If we leave the boat here and go home, the mayor of Alhafra
keeps the boat AND the money. There must be a way to fix that
boat without relying on Alhafra's help...
M. Elder :{S} He's already been paid to fix the boat, but he says that was
only while it was Briggs's. He probably expects us to pay for
the repairs a second time... The greedy pig...
{M} The money Briggs used to pay for that boat was stolen from our
people... I don't think it's wrong for us to expect the mayor of
Alhafra to honor his promise.
[ Buildings ]
Innkeeper1:{S} As soon as I'm done fixing up the inn, I'm going to give a hand
in town.
{M} Why do I have to work so hard? I'm tired, and I'm in terrible
shape for my age.
Innkeeper2:{S} We're all taking turns helping out with the repairs in town.
The lady hasn't ever had to work this hard before. I hope she's
going to be all right.
{M} I may not look very strong, but I know I can help out. I want to
lend a hand.
Chef :{S} Tonight's meal is chock-full of ingredients to restore strength
and vitality. Manual labor requires a lot of energy, so you have
to rejuvenate with a good meal!
{M} I was told to use only the cheapest ingredients, but I actually
bought only the best. I don't think I'll be telling the master of
the inn about this.
[004] :{S} Everyone's working so hard to restore this town to its previous
splendor! I've been working all day, and I'm beat.
{M} We heard a loud popping sound when we tried to hoist the mast...
We thought we'd broken the mast, but it turns out it was just
my spine...
* - [005] is now [Outside-017].
[006] :{S} Mom said we're gonna have a bigger house than before. I hope I
get my own room.
{M} Oh! If we get a bigger house, we can get all kinds of pets!
* - [007] is now [Outside-018].
[008] is now [Outside-016].
[009] :{S} There's still plenty of work to do once all the construction is
finished... It's going to be a long time before these houses feel
livable again.
{M} I wonder what our new houses will look like... I can't wait to
see them.
[010] :{S} My son has terrible luck... I think I passed my bad-luck genes
on to him... At the very least, I hope my grandchildren end up
with better luck than we had.
{M} I guess I just don't have any faith in myself... I should go with
my instincts, but I always change my mind at the last second.
[011] :{S} The guy next to us is awfully handsome. He's just my type...
* - She's referring to Alex.
{M} Our neighbor is so mellow. He never stresses out. Maybe that's
why he's so lucky.
* - [012] is now [Outside-019].
[013] is now [Outside-020].
[014] is now [Outside-021].
[015] is now [Outside-022].
-----
[016] :{S} We've all started working together to repair the house! Oooh...
Not much longer, and then I can kick these folks out of my house!
{M} Ahh... It's so relieving to see my wife smiling again. I don't
think there will be any more arguments with our elderly guests...
[017] :{S} Once my neighbors' house is repaired, my life can finally get
back to normal.
{M} It won't be long until our guests go back home... It's a lot of
work to help a friend in need, but it does feel good to be nice.
[018] :{S} Once everyone started working to rebuild the town, our hostess
started being much nicer.
{M} The lady of this house is so temperamental. She gets angry at the
smallest things... It was just a little tomato juice. How was I
supposed to know that was her wedding gown?
[019] :{S} I wonder what happened that's making the lady of the house
smile so much...
{M} The lady of the house is so adorable when she's in a good mood.
It would be nice if she were always in a good mood...
-----
Healer :{S} Capturing the dreaded Briggs was a great deed. Allow me to
thank you on behalf of my townsfolk.
{M} I think this man might even be able to defeat the horrible
werewolves...
-----
[Item] :{S} The Madrans dropped in and stocked up on items. I guess they're
traveling by way of Yampi, or they wouldn't have needed so many
supplies.
{M} The Madrans must have been in quite a hurry... They knew we were
going to fix the bridge pretty soon.
-----
[022] :{S} I thought it was weird that someone would pay that much for a
broken ship... They probably had some secret plan to steal from
us... That's why they were so quiet!
{M} Those guys were just trying to win our trust so they could take
advantage of us!
[023] :{S} I'm amazed those guys who bought the ship were pirates...
But then again, they didn't much look like your average run-of-
the-mill merchants...
{M} Pirates? Here in Alhafra? That's a scary thoughts. I'm so glad
they were caught!
[ Alhafran Cave (prison) ]
Guard :{S} I've been WAY too busy ever since you captured Briggs and his
pirate crew.
{M} It's so boring here when there's no one to guard. I'm glad I've
got some company.
Briggs :{S} Oh, stopped by for a visit, did you?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
I wish that I'd met you under different circumstances...If we had
met out on the open seas, you would have seen a different man.
-(No)
Ah, so you just came here to check up on us? Hah! Well, as you
can see, we're not causing any trouble!
--------------------------------------------
{M} Felix has strange powers of his own, so we can't let him see
what Eoleo can do. If he does, he might ruin our only chance
to escape...
Pirate 1 :{S} I hate prison. The food is terrible. My bed is hard and lumpy...
It's even worse than being a pirate was.
{M} I'm not staying in this stupid cell forever. I'll get outta here
one way or another!
Pirate 2 :{S} It sounds like the mayor of Alhafra lost interest in fixing
that boat. I guess that means it will be a while before the mast
gets raised again.
{M} If they don't fix that boat, then it's not going anywhere. I bet
Alhafra's greedy mayor doesn't like seeing Madra profit from all
of this.
Pirate 3 :{S} Everything would have been fine if it hadn't been for you
meddling kids!
{M} Oh, what's that punk Felix doing again? I wish that trouble-
maker'd just scram!
Pirate 4 :{S} I saw you staring at Eoleo...But you couldn't have figured out...
N-No! Of course not! Nobody could see that.
{M} I hear some people can see Eoleo's power... I want to see for
myself! How does he do it?
[ Eastern Alhafra - Below the ship's deck ]
* - When first speaking to Eoleo:
Eoleo :{S} Goo goo ga ga!
* - He uses his power to make a flower vase levitate.
Chaucha : Eoleo's only just recently started doing that... After that gem
fell from the sky and hit him. He was overcome by a terrible fever,
and when he recovered, he had this power.
Chaucha :{S} Eoleo and I are going to visit Briggs every day.
{M} If Eoleo gets the hang of it, then maybe Briggs can...
Eoleo :{S} Goo goo ga ga!
* - He uses his power to make a flower vase levitate.
{M} I'm gonna use my magic to free Papa.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'12] --- [Osenia] --- [01'12] #$#
#$#$# Air's Rock #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Outside #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
Signpost : Beware the Wind Stones. The stones magnify the power of the wind.
Use caution when approaching Air's Rock.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Final area #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
[game] : Felix checked the tablet. It has strange characters written on it.
Wielder of Wind's might... Lay your hands upon this stone...
We bestow upon thee the power to see the truth unclouded...
Sheba : Do you think I ought to touch it?
* - Felix nods.
[game] : Sheba touched the tablet.
* - It rises into the air, as does Sheba as the tablet's energy surrounds her.
[game] : Sheba learned Reveal.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'13] --- [Osenia] --- [01'13] #$#
#$#$# Garoh #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Outside the village #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - At night, as Felix's group makes their way to Garoh...
????? : Gaaaroooooo! Aow-aow-oooo!!!
Jenna : What was that!?
????? : Awoooooo!!!
* - A werewolf comes from the village.
Werewolf : Awoooooo!!!
* - It observes the reflection of the full moon in a pond.
Werewolf : Ah-ah-awoooo!!!
Sheba : Eeek!
* - Aware of the group's presence, the werewolf runs back to the village.
Kraden : I don't believe it! Was that a--
Jenna : A what? Kraden, do you know what that thing was?
Kraden : Well... Perhaps...
Sheba : So, what are you waiting for!? Tell us!
Kraden : I suspect it may have been... a lycanthrope.
Jenna : A lycanthwhat?
Kraden : Just think of them as a race of people born with special powers...
Sheba : Kind of like Adepts, you mean?
Kraden : Yes, that sounds right. Sheba, you've put it quite well.
Adepts borrow their abilities from the power of the elements...
While lycanthropes borrow theirs from the power of beasts...
This is why they take the forms of animals... They may look
frightening... But we must try to communicate with them.
Lycanthropes... Werewolves... A whole village in hiding...
Jenna : Is it just me... Or does Kraden seem a little TOO happy to have
found werewolves?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : What? Me? Happy to find werewolves? You must be joking!
-(No)
Kraden : I would love to study them, but still... they do frighten me...
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : I guess I'm just curious about all the secrets of these new lands...
Jenna : Any real scholar would be thrilled to explore a new land full of
mystery, huh?
* - Kraden nods.
Sheba : So, are there werewolves only on Osenia?
Kraden : Ummm...
Sheba : If so, how could you even have known about them, Kraden?
Kraden : Er... I, uh...
Jenna : Yeah... That is weird.
Kraden : All right, so I lied! I'm glad we found werewolves! There!
Are you happy!? And you know what!? I even want to get a closer look
if I can! So let's go! Let's find us some werewolves!
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - Those outside are wearing hooded cloaks.
[ Outside ]
[001] :{S} So, uh... you say you saw a werewolf?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Don't be ridiculous... There's no such thing as werewolves
-(No)
Of course not... You should know there's no such thing! Not here!
--------------------------------------------
{M} It's grim luck that brings strangers here in the gloom of the
full moon.
[002] :{S} Gaaaroooooo! Gah! Whoops... Heh heh hrrr... I was just calling
my dog... Sounded good, huh?
{M} Which one of us was it who removed his hood in front of these
strangers?
[003] :{S} You there... Strangers should not go about at night... Guests are
welcome in Garoh, but they'd do well to stay in at night.
{M} Foreigners only come here en route to Air's Rock... Only a chosen
few can reach the peak.
[004] :{S} Don't you love the sight of the full moon?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Yes, I agree... But it brings me grief. We here cannot enjoy
the sight of it directly.
-(No)
Heh hrr hrrr... Don't feel like you must watch your words on my
account. The full moon's light gives birth to many strange sights
on nights like this.
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
{M} The night of the full moon is usually so festive... It's boring
having to wear these hoods when strangers come...
[005] :{S} Good evening. Forgive me for not taking my hood off... I just...
don't care much for the full moon's light.
{M} Such gorgeous moonlight... if only I could take off this hood...
[ Buildings ]
[Weapon] :{S} I'm sorry, but on nights of the full moon, we only sell
claws and fangs. You... probably wouldn't have any use for those,
would you?
{M} I should be outside, howling with the pack, not stuck in here!
[Armor] :{S} Unfortunate that you should come on a night of the full moon,
sir... Come during the day to see our full range of wares...
{M} These strangers seem normal enough... Except that they're up late
for outsiders...
-----
[003] :{S} Good evening, wanderers! Are you looking for something?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Searching for werewolves, eh?
--(Yes)
You don't really believe they exist, do you? If so, you'd best
keep it to yourself... That is, if you don't want to have folks
here howling with laughter...
--(No)
Hehrrr... sorry. Just thought I'd ask. We get some crazy folk
coming through here, and I had to ask....
-(No)
Just... staying up late, eh? Can't say I blame you, on a night
like this. We here know the glory of night of [sic] the full
moon.
--------------------------------------------
{M} Outsiders could never understand the gift the moon has given us..
[004] :{S} Our oldest son is always scampering off late at night... Where
is he?
{M} That pup of mine just won't listen. He went otu when he
shouldn't have... He just wanted to see the moonlight, and now
his father blames me for it!
[005] :{S} No fair! My brother always gets to go out late!
{M} What made Master Maha take my brother into the rock? I want to
see what's in there...
-----
Innkeeper1:{S} A clear night around here always mean fair weather on the
morrow... You've come all this way, so you might as well go to
Air's Rock, too...
{M} It only rains a few times a year there... Air's Rock is in a
desert, so what else would you expect?
Innkeeper2:{S} Air's Rock can get quite desolate. After all, it's in the middle
of a desert...
{M} Most people see nothing of the true Air's Rock. Our current
guests saw only the wind and the dust...
* - The two guests are sleeping in bed.
[008] :{S} Zzzz... Zzzz... What a waste... Just a big rock...
{M} ...Climbed all over that stupid rock, and for what? Nothing!
[009] :{S} Zzz... Whuzza? Whirlwind? Wind Stone? Zzzzrrrgg...
{M} That rock was huge. How was I supposed to make it spin?
-----
Healer :{S} The people here may be different, but they certainly are nice...
And those abilities of theirs are amazing!
{M} No matter what it takes, I will save the souls of those poor
villagers...
-----
[011] :{S} Garoh exists to protect Air's Rock... In exchange, we gain
its power ourselves...
{M} We have other powers than just Whirlwind... I wonder which of us
will inherit the powers of Master Maha?
[012] :{S} So you've heard of Whirlwind? Most people haven't... Even in
Garoh, only a chosen few can use it.
{M} And different people use Whirlwind different ways. Master Maha's
mastery of Whirlwind would put anyone to shame.
[013] :{S} I've heard about the Wind Stone... Using Whirlwind on it makes...
something happen.
{M} I wish I knew what would happen... Something weird, I guess.
-----
[Item] :{S} Did you come here from Alhafra?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Really? You must have gone through the cave... You can't go back
that way, you know... The return trip is longer.
-(No)
Oh, so you must have come by way of Mikasalla. If you're going to
Air's Rock, take the crossroads west of Alhafra.
--------------------------------------------
{M} I never change my stock, unlike the weapons and armor
shopkeeps... [sic]
-----
[015] :{S} When our people grow older, they generate strange powers...
Of course, I'm just a wee pup, in people years...
{M} I cast Whirlwind on the stone, like I was supposed to...
So why didn't I gain the power that Maha wields?
[016] :{S} My mate is close to obtaining the power he's been seeking...
{M} If he succeeds and carries on Master Maha's traditions, I'll be
so proud...
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Large stone in the northeast of town #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
* - Maha, a lycanthrope, casts Reveal to unveil a hidden opening in the stone,
which leads to a cavern. He emerges from within, and notices Felix's group.
Maha : What!? Outsiders, here?
* - He darts back inside. Reveal's effect wears off.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Cavern below large stone #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
Werewolf : Haowooo!!! Aow-aow-oooo!!!
* - The lycanthrope (the same one from before Garoh proper) appears.
Kraden : Look! It's that werewolf!
* - It runs away, having only now become aware of outsiders.
Kraden : He was right there! Let's go find him, Felix!
* - Upon arriving at what would appear to be a dead end:
Kraden : Felix, wait... Where could that werewolf have gone? Do you think we
lost him somewhere?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : That would be a shame...
-(No)
Kraden : I hope we didn't... Or rather, I'd be quite unhappy if we did...
-----------------------------------------------------------
Werewolf : Grrrr...
Jenna : What was that?
Sheba : It sounded like a wolf growling, didn't it?
Kraden : My hearing is not so very good, but... there was something.
Perhaps we should search this area more thoroughly...
Maha : There is no need...
* - Maha and the other lycanthrope emerge from another hidden opening.
Jenna : Look... He's using Psynergy.
Werewolf : Garrrrooow...
Maha : Fear not... This child is harmless.
Sheba : He does look kind of... small...
Werewolf : Grrrrrrr...
Kraden : Tell me, who are you? How did you come to be here?
Maha : I should like to ask you the same question. Could it be? Do you
outsiders possess the power to reveal the unseen?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Maha : Of course... I was certain that you must.
-(No)
Maha : Impossible... Without Reveal, you could not have entered this cave.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Werewolf : Grawooo...
Maha : Yes, you are correct. They must have passed the challenge of
Air's Rock.
Jenna : Er... How come that kid doesn't talk, like you?
Maha : When we become werewolves, speaking the human tongue becomes
more difficult.
Sheba : But you can... You must be someone special, then...
Maha : Hurh hurr hrrr... "Special"? Perhaps. Why don't you just call me
Maha... So... I assume you also can use Whirlwind... If you learned
Reveal on Air's Rock, you must also know Reveal.
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Jenna : That's right... I think we can tell Maha that we're Adepts.
-(No)
Jenna : I don't think we need to hide the fact that we're Adepts from Maha..
-----------------------------------------------------------
Werewolf : Awooo...
Sheba : What did he say? I don't understand...
Maha : He wanted to know what an Adept is... A question I would like
answered as well.
Kraden : Adepts tap the power of elemental energies to generate forces like
Whirlwind...
Maha : Elementals... You mean the four elements, the power of earth and
fire, water and wind?
Kraden : That is correct. These elements together comprise everything in
our world...
Maha : Interesting. Very interesting...
Werewolf : Awooo...
Jenna : Um... What did he say this time?
Maha : He asked if there were no longer any need to hide from you...
Sheba : ...Why did he have to hide in here in the first place?
Werewolf : Aaah-Ah-Awoooh! Hawawoooh!
Kraden : No doubt, most would find the sight of a werewolf rather unnerving..
Maha : You are, sadly, correct. Many consider ours an accursed race.
Jenna : And if they found you in your werewolf form?
Maha : ...Once, our people were burned at the stake as abominations...
They called this "purification."
Kraden : Horrible...
* - The other werewolf approaches the others.
Sheba : But... this little one... He won't get excited and try to bite,
will he?
* - Maha turns to the other werewolf.
Maha : Child, return to your home.
Werewolf : Arrooo?
Maha : Don't worry. We can trust them... Go back home now.
Werewolf : Aarrrooo?
Maha : They are Adepts, not unlike us werewolves... They guard an ancient
secret. We can trust them. They will not betray us to the world.
* - The werewolf nods. He turns to Felix's group...
Werewolf : Woof.
* - ...and departs.
Maha : It has grown quite late. Why don't you go to the inn and rest...
Kraden : But then...
Maha : I will not leave this place.
Sheba : You aren't going home?
Maha : When I learned Reveal, I lost my human form. The wild is my home
now.
Kraden : So, Master Maha, you always look this way?
* - He nods.
Jenna : And the little one?
Maha : The child changed because he looked directly at the full moon.
Kraden : So, by tomorrow morning, he will have returned to his human form
again?
Maha : Correct. Now, let us retire.
[game] : Felix and party stayed the night at the inn.
Innkeeper2: You folks didn't sleep much last night... You don't look like you
got any rest at all.
Innkeeper1: Master Maha told us all about you. Don't worry about the bill.
It's on us. Farewell, friends.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Cavern below large stone - Second time #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
Maha : Ah, you came. I've been waiting for you.
Kraden : Would you mind telling me a little more about werewolves?
Maha : You want to know the reason we possess the power to transform into
beasts?
Kraden : Ah... Well, I, er... Actually, yes.
Maha : Do you find it strange that we can change our shapes?
Kraden : Well, ummm... Yes.
Maha : But surely changing one's shape is not really all that unusual.
Kraden : What are you getting at?
Maha : Think about the caterpillar for a moment. When the time is right,
does it not transform into a beautiful butterfly?
Jenna : Well, yes. It's only natural..
Maha : And the pill bug and hedgehog? Do they not change their shapes
to protect themselves?
Sheba : I have heard of these creatures, yes...
Maha : And many amphibians possess the power to change color at will,
correct?
* - Felix nods.
Maha : In light of all this, do you mean to tell me you find werewolves
so abnormal?
Kraden : Hrmm, well...To be honest, I hadn't thought of it that way before...
Maha : Perhaps you simply did not give it enough thought.
Kraden : How insulting! I, sir... am a SCIENTIST!
Maha : Indeed! A scientist? That IS impressive. I have spent a great deal
of time thinking about werewolves. For a time, I even felt cursed
to have been born a werewolf... But after taking a more objective
look at nature... I realized that weaker species have survived by
evolving... by transforming. Don't you agree?
* - Everyone nods.
Maha : Think about it for a moment. Without changing their bodies with
weapons and armor... Humans would be very weak creatures indeed.
I believe that evolving into werewolves is just one way for humanity
to survive...
Kraden : But that's...
Maha : Of course, there's no way I can prove this theory. But I felt that
our ability to use Whirlwind was evidence of this.
Sheba : Whirlwind? Why?
Maha : I had thought only the people of Garoh could use Whirlwind. It was a
gift known only to werewolves, to Garoh's pack...
Kraden : And that only a chosen few could use Reveal...
Maha : But now I find that you, too, can use these...What does it all mean?
Why are you able to use Whirlwind, and what is an Adept?
Kraden : Master Maha, do you know of a continent called Angara? It lies far
north of the Eastern Sea.
Maha : Angara?
Kraden : In the middle of Angara, there is a peak called Mt. Aleph.
Maha : Mt. Aleph? ...Then it's true! Our legends say this peak has stood
since this world began! If Mt. Aleph does exist, then perhaps our
legends are true!
Kraden : It does exist...
* - He turns to Felix and Jenna.
Kraden : These two hail from the village at the base of Mt. Aleph, a village
called Vale.
Maha : They come from Mt. Aleph!? Incredible!
Kraden : And they are both Adepts. And while their powers may vary...
Everyone from Vale is an Adept to a certain degree.
Maha : Then, does that not make them like us in Garoh?
Kraden : In Vale, the myths say that Mt. Aleph itself gave birth to the
Adepts...
Maha : That is not what the legends of Garoh tell us...
Kraden : As people, they are quite gifted... but it goes far beyond that...
The mystical stones on Mt. Aleph... The Psynergy Stones... They are
closely linked to the powers of the townsfolk.
Maha : "Psynergy Stones," you say?
Kraden : If there were similar stones in Garoh, it might explain your powers
as well.
Maha : And what manner of stones are these Psynergy Stones?
Jenna : You've seen them, Maha! The shining stone at the heart of
Air's Rock.
Maha : I've seen the stone you speak of, but...
Kraden : Air's Rock is quite far from Garoh.
Maha : I don't see how it could affect the people here.
Sheba : I wonder... Could it be the wind?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Sheba : You probably figured it out for yourself already, Felix.
-(No)
Sheba : I guess I couldn't have expected you to understand, Felix...
-----------------------------------------------------------
Sheba : There were strong winds blowing within Air's Rock... Those winds
would carry far...
Kraden : Carry? Carry what?
Sheba : Ugh! You're so dense! The power of the Psynergy Stone!
Maha : How is that possible? How could the stone's power be carried on
the wind?
Sheba : Do not belittle the power of the wind! Given time, the wind can
grind great mountains down to sand! I mean, the wind at Air's Rock
was strong enough to blow us off the ground! So why couldn't the
wind carry particles of the stone all the way to Garoh?
* - Kraden looks excited. He and Maha start to speak at the same time.
Maha : She's right!
Kraden : She's right!
Maha : Those particles from the Psynergy Stone must be charged with its
power!
Kraden : This explains why your Psynergy is weaker than that of Vale's
people... You've been exposed to smaller particles.
Maha : The wind patterns might also affect who among us in Garoh can use
Whirlwind. Of course, this is all mere conjecture, but it does
offer us some clues... Thank you, umm...
Sheba : I'm Sheba. I'm pleased to meet you.
Kraden : Oh! Haven't we given you our names, Master Maha? I am Kraden.
This is Jenna... And Felix.
Maha : You must permit me to thank you for all you've done.
Kraden : No, no, please... We don't need any thanks...
Maha : That's too bad... I was going to give you this.
* - A Jupiter Djinni appears.
Jenna : It's a Djinni!
Maha : A "Djinni"? Is that what you call them? When he is with you, he adds
to your power. He is very helpful. I suppose you'll be continuing
your journey now?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Maha : So you intend to travel by sea? That is a long journey...
-(No)
Maha : So, you still can't tell just what sort of journeys await you...
-----------------------------------------------------------
Maha : In that case, I think you will get more use out of this "Djinni"
than I will.
* - The Djinni, Ether, joins the group.
Sheba : Another Djinni! Talk about lucky!
Kraden : This is a great gift. We are quite thankful.
Maha : You don't need to thank me. Just take care on your travels.
Jenna : Good luck with the... werewolf thing, Maha...
* - He nods.
Kraden : Well, Felix, we must be going now.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Cavern below large stone ]
Maha :{S} Take care in your travels, Felix.
{M} I wish that I were free to travel the world, like Felix and
his friends.
[ Outside ]
[001] :{S} I hear tell [sic] from Master Maha that you guys are special,
too... We don't have to hide our secret from you any longer!
{M} How could these outsiders have learned Reveal? These guys must be
pretty unusual.
[002] :{S} Awoooooh! Heh heh... Sorry about that! I'm so happy I don't have
to hide that I howled out loud!
{M} I never thought I'd be so happy to have our secret out in the
open!
[003] :{S} Maha said you were the only outsiders we could share our secret
with... So... does it bother you that we're all werewolves?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Yeah, I thought so... That's too bad. I was so happy when Maha
told us. Now, I'm just really disappointed. Arooo.
-(No)
Wow! You guys really are different from the others! Most people
run away screaming or even grab their weapons...
--------------------------------------------
{M} Maha said these travelers were like us... Does that mean they're
werewolves, too?
[004] :{S} I heard there were other werecreatures in Osenia, in a few
places... ...People who can turn into other things than wolves...
{M} I would love to meet other werecreatures someday.
[005] :{S} Last night when you saw me, I was wearing a hood. I guess I won't
have to do that anymore!
{M} I thought we'd never be able to talk to outsiders about our
secret... I feel so free!
* - The little lycanthrope from before, now in human form, is by the stone.
[006] :{S} Hey, it's you guys! Thanks for last night! Oh, yeah...
That's right... You probably don't recognize me in my human form!
I was in the cave with Maha! I was that little werewolf!
I'm the reason you can stay in our village and we don't have to
wear hoods!
{M} My dad told me I put the whole village at risk... He was really
mad... He said the whole thing was just dumb luck... But why
would luck be dumb?
[ Buildings ]
[Weapon] :{S} What do you think? I'll bet these weapon suit you better than
any fangs would!
{M} I prefer the tooth and claw myself, but whatever...
[Armor] :{S} When we change form it's best to be unclothed. But when you're
human, armor always comes in handy.
{M} Maha says that when we're wolves, we don't need to wear armor...
He says our instincts will protect us.
-----
[003] :{S} Hey! It's you! Thanks for looking out for our son last night!
But I'm curious... Did you believe in werewolves before you
came here?
{M} The younger the werewolf, the less control he has over his wolf
form... These travelers must have been very brave to follow him.
[004] :{S} Everyone is amazed that you learned Reveal at Air's Rock!
If you have some time, could you teach it to our children?
{M} Oh, thank goodness! Everything worked out, and my husband's
not mad...
[005] :{S} My brother should have gotten in trouble, but they barely even
got mad at him~
{M} And dad said he was really going to tan his hide this time, too..
And now everyone's treating him like he did some amazingly good
deed!
-----
Innkeeper1:{S} If you can pass the tests of Air's Rock, you can do anything!
{M} I've heard stories about other places like Air's Rock... If they
can handle Air's Rock, they can probably handle those too.
Innkeeper2:{S} Maha came along and said the nicest things about you all.
{M} He said if they were werewolves, he'd want them to take his
place... They must have made quite an impression on Maha for him
to say that.
* - The two guests are now awake.
[008] :{S} Those wolves were really noisy last night, too.
{M} I'm scared of wolves, so I don't go out much at night...
[009] :{S} Maybe we should stay and try climbing Air's Rock one more time.
{M} If I used a lever, I could probably make that rock spin...
But I still don't get what the point of it is...
-----
Healer :{S} I've heard about you. They say you're special like the people
in this town.
{M} Am I the only one here who isn't special!? Please, won't somebody
answer my wishes and make me special, too?
-----
[011] :{S} So you're something special? An Adept, or something like that?
Does that mean that you can turn into a wolf or, something,
like us?
{M} Did Maha mean that they can change forms, like we can?
[012] :{S} You learned Reveal at Air's Rock and lived to tell the tale...
So that must mean... you can use Whirlwind.
{M} So these people can use both Reveal and Whirlwind... They must be
powerful like Master Maha is.
[013] :{S} I just can't believe that someone outside the village learned
Reveal...
{M} Normally, outsiders never get in to see Maha, but these people...
They can see him whenever they want...
-----
[Item] :{S} I've heard stories about other mountains like our own Air's
Rock... Like on this island that lies across the Eastern Sea,
far from Osenia...
{M} I heard that one that's across the Eastern Sea is really pretty,
too. It's got water spilling down the sides in huge torrents.
Sounds lovely...
-----
[015] :{S} You... Is it true that you learned Reveal?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Hmm... I thought Air's Rock belonged to my people alone...
But you young outsiders have mastered it so quickly... I might
as well quit trying.
-(No)
No, I can tell it was you they're talking about... I can smell
Air's Rock on you... Ah, but you're so very young! And I am so
very old... I might as well quit trying.
--------------------------------------------
* - 2nd+ time:
To think I've wasted so much of my life on something you did in a
single afternoon...
{M} I thought I could become a leader if I learned Reveal.
How foolish of me.
[016] :{S} He's worked so hard... But now, I don't know... He seems so sad.
{M} So now, even outsiders are learning Reveal... How do we decide
who will lead Garoh now?
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'14] --- [Osenia] --- [01'14] #$#
#$#$# Mikasalla #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Outside ]
[001] :{S} It's been a long time since we had any visitors in Mikasalla.
{M} Why would anyone travel all this way just to come to our
backwater town?
[002] :{S} I went out to investigate after the earthquake... It looks like a
whole different land collided into our own...
{M} Osenia was big already, but now that we're connected to Indra...
It's just huge!
[003] :{S} Are you looking for someone?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Well, if you're looking for someone... I'd say the best place to
start would be... somewhere else.
-(No)
Didn't think so... We don't get a lot of strangers coming here.
--------------------------------------------
{M} I like this time of year best of all... It's so much nicer and
more pleasant than the harsh winter...
[004] :{S} A town called Garoh lies to the east of us... But...its residents
aren't quite... human...
{M} The people in Garoh are pretty furry. They look weird--and kinda
cuddly--but they're nice enough.
[005] :{S} If you look across the ocean tot he south, you can see Tundaria.
{M} It's bitter cold in Tundaria... It snows there all year long.
[006] :{S} If you're going deeper into Osenia, you'd better be ready for
trouble.
{M} No way I'd leave town... If I got lost on the roads out there,
I'd be a monster snack in no time.
[007] :{S} If you want to go into the heart of Osenia, there are two ways...
You can approach from the south, or you can come down from the
north...
{M} It's weird that you can't go all the way around Osenia from the
south... I mean, it's a piece of cake if you go around from the
north...
[008] :{S} In the heart of Osenia lies a sacred place, Air's Rock...
{M} Air's Rock has stood there since this world was first formed...
Nobody knows exactly what that means, though...
Sheep :{S} Bah! Baaaaaaa!
{M} Oh, yeah! Mmm! I just loves to eat me some grass! Yum!
* NOT a typo
Chicken :{S} Buk buk buk...
{M} The ground here is so soft! I just want to scratch and dig,
buhKAWK!
[ Buildings ]
Innkeeper1:{S} You've come a long way, friends. Stay a while, and rest your
feet.
{M} Why are travelers always in such a hurry? Like my mum used to
say, "Fools rush in..."
Innkeeper2:{S} There aren't any towns between here and Garoh. You should rest
here and maybe reequip yourselves before heading out.
{M} There's no reason to go to Garoh unless you were heading to
Air's Rock...
-----
G. Healer :{S} Have you been to Garoh?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
They're all werewolves there... They hide away from those who
fear them. But their cursed forms come with great powers...
-(No)
Do not fear their outward appearance... Many revile them, but
they are gentle, and they have kind hearts.
--------------------------------------------
{M} I wonder if there are werewolves beyond those in Garoh...
I also wonder if they might not be as gentle as Garoh's folk.
-----
[General] :{S} We only have a small shop here. I used to specialize in items...
But now, I sell armor and weapons, too.
{M} I don't know much about weapons and stuff... I hope they don't
ask me any questions. Maybe they only want items...
-----
[006] :{S} I heard someone say there's another continent west of Gondowan.
...At least, that's what my dad used to tell me, rest his soul...
{M} It must be nice to get out and see the world... But staying in
one place is nice, too. Maybe that's why my dad founded this
village.
[007] :{S} My father-in-law was a great explorer, long ago, as was my
husband.
{M} That boy sure admires his grandpa, but I get really worried
about him. I'm afraid he'd get hurt if he became an explorer
like his grandfather.
[008] :{S} Hey, mister! Are you an explorer?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Awesome! Don't tell anyone, but I want to be an explorer too
someday!
-(No)
My grandpa used to travel all over the whole world!
--------------------------------------------
{M} I love exploring out behind the house... It's my secret place!
-----
[009] :{S} Those who have climbed Air's Rock claim that they can see the
unseeable...
{M} What does the unseeable even look like?
[010] :{S} My husband has tried to climb Air's Rock many times... I wish I
knew what he saw in that big hunk of rock.
{M} I can't let him try to climb it again. What if he were injured?
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'15] --- [Indra] --- [01'15] #$#
#$#$# Madra #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Town entrance #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
Guard 2 : Hey! You lot! Hold it right there!
Guard 1 : Hang on, there's no need to stop them. They couldn't be involved in
this mess...
Kraden : If you're talking about the pirate incident, I believe we resolved
that to everyone's satisfaction.
Guard 2 : This has nothing to do with the Champa this time, old man!
This time, the Kibombo attacked us!
Kraden : "Old man"?!? Hmph! Wait... Did you say you were attacked again?
By the Kibombo?
Guard 1 : Do you know about the Kibombo?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Guard 1 : You must be pretty worldly, considering that they rarely leave the
heart of Gondowan.
-(No)
Guard 1 : Not many people do...They're a barbaric tribe from central Gondowan!
Watch out for them!
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : When did all this happen?!
Guard 1 : Not too long ago...
Guard 2 : Right after the mayor left, actually...
Kraden : Was anything stolen?
Guard 1 : Only a single black orb... Everything else was untouched.
* - The black orb that was being held in the mayor/elder's residence.
Kraden : A black orb...
Guard 2 : I'm afraid we don't have much more information than that.
Guard 1 : You helped us with the Champa, so, I'll tell you what... Maybe you
could look around at the mayor's house. It's the only one that was
robbed.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Outside ]
Guard 1 :{S} My guess is the Kibombo have long since fled the area. Still,
considering the way things have been going, we still want to
have guards at the gates.
{M} I've been standing for so long, I wish they could give us little
stools we could sit on.
Guard 2 :{S} First, pirates raid our town, then the Kibombo come storming in..
Things have been going horribly for Madra lately...
{M} The way things have been going, I'm so scared I can hardly sleep
at night... Is there no way to appease the gods? Is our town
cursed?
[003] :{S} So... The Kibombo got into Madra from Gondowan, right? Well,
doesn't that mean that we can cross into Gondowan from Madra,
too?
{M} If Gondowan is really that much bigger than Indra, then I should
go check it out.
[004] :{S} There are still plenty of things I want to go investigate in
this cave. And until I do, there's no way I'm going to seal
the entire thing off.
* - He's referring to the Madra Catacombs.
{M} I wonder who dug those underground passages and why they're
there...
[005] :{S} Briggs didn't have nearly as many pirates under him as we thought
he did. He did an amazing job of flanking the town, considering
how few men he had.
{M} Well, if Briggs only has four crew members, then they couldn't
have outflanked us...They must have had help from someone else...
[006] :{S} Now that we're sealing off the other end of this hole, maybe we
won't have any more surprises!
{M} It was so convenient, being able to sneak out through the cave to
the other side.
[007] :{S} I guess that guy we had in prison wasn't one of Briggs's cronies
after all...
{M} He told us he was innocent, but we jailed him anyway. Is that
justice? Is that right?
[Weapon] :{S} The armorer and I are busy researching the equipment the Kibombo
left behind. They dropped a lot of strange weapons that might
reveal more about the attacks...
{M} The Champa weapons we found before are identical to the Kibombo
weapons we just found. It can't be a coincidence...
[Armor] :{S} I knew there was something strange about the pirates attacking us
like that... I think those weapons we found are going to be the
key to the mystery...
{M} The group that attacked from the east used different weapons from
the group to the west. If they really were from the same crew,
then why would they use different weapons?
[Item] :{S} All my injuries have healed up pretty nicely... It made for a
nice vacation, but now, it's time to get back to work.
{M} That Shin is always bugging me just to relax and take a break.
He's a real pain. I like working more than I like sleeping.
[011] :{S} The Kibombo came in through the broken wall to the west.
{M} It's strange... It's almost as though the Kibombo knew that the
wall was broken... But there's no way they could have known...
unless the pirates told them...
[012] :{S} I can't believe someone stomped on those pirates... That's
incredible!
{M} If they were strong enough to beat Briggs, they must be huge!
[013] :{S} Gondowan sounds like a frightening place. I don't think I'll ever
go there.
{M} In Gondowan, they have evil magic curses they can put on you
in an instant!
[014] :{S} Hey, mister! Are you the guy who beat up Briggs?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
So does that mean you'll go thump the Kibombo, too?
-(No)
You're not? Someone told me it was a young warrior...
That sounded a bit like you.
--------------------------------------------
{M} I heard the guys who captured Briggs were just a bunch of feeble-
looking kids...
[015] :{S} I heard that the elder got us a boat in Alhafra... I wonder if
it's true...
{M} The mayor is supposed to be coming back with that boat...
I wonder when that will be...
[016] :{S} We think the Kibombo came into Indra across the new land
bridge... But just because they COULD attack Madra doesn't
mean they had to...
{M} If it weren't for that tidal wave, none of this awful stuff
would have happened...
[017] :{S} Oh, Piers? We released him as soon as we heard. He stopped by
the mayor's house and then left town.
{M} Piers was so happy to get out of jail... But after he spoke to
the mayor's wife, he looked unhappy. I wonder what she told him.
[018] :{S} That guy Piers wasn't one of Briggs's men after all. I can't
believe we locked him up without any evidence...
{M} Piers didn't seem like he was in a very good mood when he left
town. I guess he was still angry about having been imprisoned
like that.
* - Prison entrance:
Guard 3 :{S} You shoulda seen my partner in that fight! He was in the mix
right up until they took him down... Man... That takes courage!
{M} I can't believe nobody seems impressed that my partner fought the
Kibombo so bravely. Don't tell me they don't think it takes guts
to stand up against them, because it does!
Guard 5 :{S} Everyone yelled at me for running away this last time, so next
time, I'm gonna fight! But the thing is, last time, I took such
a beating I got lumps on my head. Ouch!
{M} I didn't have a chance to run away during the fight. The Kibombo
were everywhere! That's the only reason I stayed to fight them.
But I'm not about to tell anyone that!
[ Buildings ]
Innkeeper1:{S} I've heard that Kibombo wield an evil, wicked magic... But...
why didn't they use any of it when they attacked us?
{M} There's nothing worse than wicked, evil magic. I don't want to
see it, much less use it.
Innkeeper2:{S} Things have been busy here... First the pirates, then the
Kibombo... What a week!
{M} If it were me, I would have attacked a wealthier town.
...If it were me.
Employee :{S} I hid under my bed on the night of the attack. I was really
scared!
{M} After I crawled under the bed, I fell asleep, so I was pretty
achy the next morning.
[004] :{S} I watched the entire attack of the Kibombo with my own eyes.
I'll never forget it... I was paralyzed with fear...
{M} I had to go to the bathroom in the middle of the night, but
when I went... I saw all these eyes in the darkness. I got
so scared... I didn't have to go anymore.
[005] :{S} If you want to know about the attack, talk to my partner.
He saw the whole thing.
{M} The Kibombo attacked in the wee hours of the morning...
Why weren't they asleep, like all us respectable people?
-----
[006] :{S} It was sure sneaky of Briggs to destroy the bridge to Osenia
after they crossed. It made it really hard for the mayor to reach
Alhafra.
{M} It sounds like Osenia is a huge place. They took forever to catch
up with Briggs!
[007] :{S} So Briggs and his pirates must have gone to Alhafra looking for
a boat. I'm impressed that they were captured before they could
escape.
{M} Now that Briggs has been captured, I have nothing to fear! Yes!
That means I can head to Osenia for some business!
-----
[Item Sis]:{S} I'm so happy that my sister's all better now.
{M} I was so scared that my sister wouldn't get better...
What would I do without her?
-----
[009] :{S} My husband pursued the Kibombo after the attack, but he had to
turn back...
{M} In his youth, my husband was a very fast runner. They called him
"The Cheetah." I guess he's learned that he can't race against
old age.
[010] :{S} The Kibombo apparently used ropes to climb down the cliffs.
But we can't climb back up the cliffs from this side.
{M} If I were just a little bit younger, I think I might have been
able to catch those Kibombo.
-----
[011] :{S} I can't stop thinking about that ship Piers left by the eastern
shore.
{M} I wonder if that ship grounded by the eastern shore is still
broken. It seems like a well-built ship. It'd be a shame to just
leave it there.
[012] :{S} Piers left that boat of his behind when he took off... That thing
wasn't going anywhere, so I guess he had no choice but to give it
up.
{M} Some people in town saw Piers heading toward the Gondowan Cliffs.
-----
Healer :{S} The Kibombo are a tribe from Gondowan... They're searching for
some great and evil power. Do not allow yourselves to be
corrupted by them.
{M} I hope the power of our faith will prevent the Kibombo from
attacking us again...
[014] :{S} If that tidal wave hadn't hit us, the Kibombo never would have
been able to attack.
{M} Everyone says them Kimbombo were mostly nekkid... They sound
so... savage!
[015] :{S} Them Kibombo possess evil powers. They sure are a weird bunch.
{M} We're lucky the Kibombo didn't use their evil powers...
There were enough injuries as it was.
-----
[016] :{S} I'm glad the Kibombo's attack wasn't too terrible this time,
but what if they come back?
{M} What can we do to stop the Kibombo from attacking us again?
Maybe we have to find a way to separate our continents like
before the tidal wave...
[017] :{S} The Kibombo are a very warlike tribe. That last attack was enough
to warn me to stay away from central Gondowan!
{M} Our best guess is that the Kibombo come from the central part of
Gondowan... Why would they turn around so quickly after coming
all this way?
-----
* - Elder and mayor's residence:
Note: the mayor is the elder's son.
Mayor Wife:{S} All the Kibombo wanted when they attacks us was the black orb
that sat above the fireplace. We're just lucky no one was hurt.
{M} When my husband hears that the orb he was keeping was stolen,
he'll be quite angry...
Elder Dau :{S} My father was holding on to that orb for Piers, and the Kibombo
stole it... No matter how much he apologizes for losing it,
it won't make things right.
{M} I won't ever forget the look on Piers's face when he heard
his orb was stolen. He was so sad... It was like he'd lost a
part of himself...
Mayor Son :{S} If my father'd been in town, I wouldn't have been scared when the
Kibombo attacked.
{M} Dad always knows what to do... He'd never have let those
Kibombo barge in here...
Mayor Dau :{S} My father hasn't come home yet, even though Briggs has been
captured. I'm scared that something happened to him...
{M} I hope he's just late because he's looking for a good souvenir
to bring me...
Elder Wife:{S} Piers went to Kibombo to get his orb back. We told him that
central Gondowan is very dangerous, but he wouldn't listen.
{M} When Piers left, he said he was going to pursue the Kibombo,
but I wonder... What if he reached the cliffs and then couldn't
climb them. [sic] I hope he's not stuck.
-----
* - Prison:
Man 1 :{S} So, that Piers guy wasn't a pirate after all, huh? That still
doesn't answer where that ice came from... That freaked me out...
{M} That Piers was a strange fellow. Shin was terrified of him.
He let him go as soon as we learned he was innocent.
Shin :{S} Piers wasn't one of the Champa... That's why they let him go.
You shouldn't just keep an innocent man in prison for no reason.
{M} There was something really frightening about Piers... I'm glad
to be rid of him... He went after the Kibombo, but I doubt he'll
make it back from Gondowan alive.
[ Madra Catacombs ]
Man :{S} Oh, uh... You coming through?
-----------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Yeah, uh... We're sealing the hole up right now, so you, uh,
can't get through this way. If you're trying to get into Madra,
why don't you head around to the main entrance?
-(No)
Yeah, well, that's good, 'cause we wouldn't let you down here
anyway... Besides, anyone who's going to Madra can just go
through the main gates, like normal folk.
-----------------------------------------------
{M} We sealed up the hole, but nobody seems to feel any better...
Maybe we should just fill up the catacombs completely...
* - Next to the other entrance above-ground:
Girl :{S} These caves were my secret hiding place. I wish they weren't
going to seal it all up.
{M} I've never seen any monsters around the cave entrance...
I want to go inside and see if there are any monsters inside,
but I can't...
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'16] --- [Indra / Gondowan] --- [01'16] #$#
#$#$# Gondowan Cliffs #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Cave #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$
* - Prior to Briggs's capture, Residents of Kibombo are present.
Man 1 : We've been found!
Man 2 : You wanna fight, punk?
Man 3 : No one said anything about fighting yet! We haven't done anything
to you!
Man 4 : And if you think we did, then prove it!
Man 1 :{S} I'm, uh, from Kibombo... It's, er... nice to meet you.
{M} Oh, tense... We're busted! They're on to us, I know it! We never
should have launched that raid on Madra without the others!
Man 2 :{S} Hey, we're just here to finish what you guys started, OK?
You guys are the ones who rammed into our continent, and don't
you forget it!
{M} My family lost its entire store of food--months' worth, gone
in a flash! Well, we'll show those foreigners what happens
when they mess with us!
Man 3 :{S} Hey, we're just out here, uh... camping... Yup. If you want
good camping, go to Indra. We're just here to, you know,
see the sights and stuff.
{M} And once Kibombo warriors swarm over your town, we'll all be
real good friends...
Man 4 :{S} Our friends from Kibombo are coming soon. When they get here,
we'll all come say hello.
{M} It was a good raid, but after all that work, we didn't find a
thing... I wonder what happened to those people who fled from
the jail we broke into.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Outside #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
Dog :{S} Rrruff! Rrruff!
{M} Dig here, you dig? Rrruff!
* - Using "Scoop" reveals a geyser.
Dog :{M} I knew it! I knew there was something there, and he dug it up!
Look at that!
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'17] --- [Gondowan] --- [01'17] #$#
#$#$# Naribwe #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Outside ]
[001] :{S} Welcome to Naribwe. It's really hot out... You should relax
a while.
{M} I can hardly stand the heat in Naribwe, and I've lived here
my whole life! I can't imagine what travelers must think of it.
[Item] :{S} No one can see the future. Absolutely no one. Except for our
fortune-teller. Just by looking at your items, he can see the
path you're meant to follow.
{M} Even if I wanted my fortune told, I don't have any armor or
weapons to show him. If he were only willing to look at other
items, I'm sure he'd get more business.
[003] :{S} It's dangerous out ever since the day the gems fell from the sky.
After that day, all local creatures suddenly grew more powerful
and terrifying.
{M} That was the day the wind blew so hard and the dark clouds came
from the north. That's when those strange gems fell from above.
[004] :{S} The Kibombo went on an expedition to the east, but they've
already returned. Do you know what kind of expedition it was?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
What? They crossed over to Indra and attacked a town!?
The Kibombo are a reckless and dangerous people.
-(No)
Oh, you don't? The Kibombo rarely journey far abroad. It's very
worrisome...
--------------------------------------------
{M} Akafubu is almost certainly looking for jewels. I cannot
understand why a witch doctor needs so many jewels.
[005] :{S} When I climbed the Kibombo Mountains, I had to find a path the
Kibombo didn't know about...
{M} I remember when I found that path above the pass... Not even the
Kibombo knew about it! I'm not even sure I could find the way to
the higher pass anymore...
[006] :{S} You don't plan on going to Kibombo, do you, mister?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Well, you'll have to find a path through the Kibombo Mountains to
get there. The Kibombo warriors keep a close watch on the pass.
They won't let you through.
-(No)
That's a wise choice. Nothing good would come to you in a place
like that.
--------------------------------------------
{M} To get to Kibombo, you have to cross over the Kibombo Mountains.
I seem to recall my grandfather telling me about a way past the
guards.
[007] :{S} I would not venture far north of here if I were you...
{M} It if awful to the north of Naribwe... It is hotter, and the
creatures are fierce... And worst of all, that's where the
Kibombo are!
[008] :{S} When Oeia was their witch doctor, the Kibombo were much more
peaceful. Akafubu took over when Oeia passed on, and he is
responsible for their warlike ways.
{M} Kibombo magic was once widely respected. Now, it is merely
feared. That is the way of things since Oeia appointed Akafubu
as his successor before dying.
G. Healer :{S} I am but a humble pilgrim, serving the greater good in the
heart of Gondowan. Travelers should know that even in this
wild land, aid is not far off.
{M} Anywhere I can do some good, I will serve without complaint.
Although... it would be nice if it were a little cooler here.
[010] :{S} Can you tell me where you have come from?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Angara? That is a land far to the north, is it not? I've heard
that when it is hot here, it is cold in Angara. The world is a
strange place.
-(No)
Why won't you tell me? What are you trying to hide?
--------------------------------------------
{M} The warrior who passed through here earlier said he came from
an isle in the middle of the sea.
[011] :{S} On the far side of the river lies a huge mountain we call Magma
Rock. It is a a sacred place that the gods created long ago.
{M} Sometimes, you can hear explosions from across the river near
Magma Rock. I wonder what's going on over there.
[ Buildings ]
Innkeeper1:{S} Our cooking is famous all across Gondowan. If you find you like
it, come back soon! We change our menu every season.
{M} Our spices are our secret. Everyone loves spicy food, even if
they regret it later. And I'll thump the first person that tries
to tell me otherwise!
Innkeeper2:{S} If you like adventure, you should head out west across the
river... Oh, wait... With all the rain we've had lately, the
river is probably too deep to cross.
{M} The river is probably very dangerous right now. It's filled
with monsters when the water are running high.
-----
[Weapon] :{S} If you are burdened with many concerns, take a weapon to the
fortune-teller. He can read your future by studying the weapons
that you carry.
{M} I can look at any weapon and see the monsters it faced, but I
cannot read its future.
[Armor] :{S} You should visit the fortune-teller when you are in our village.
By looking at the items you possess, he can see what it is that
troubles you.
{M} Whenever I get my fortune read, I offer up some armor. I think
this might be why I find so many rare and valuable artifacts.
-----
[005] :{S} The fortune-teller lives at the highest house in Naribwe...
He's the closest thing we have to a mayor.
{M} The fortune-teller is Naribwe has quite a reputation...
His predictions are so accurate! He's always done them for
us alone, so I don't understand how he got so famous.
[006] :{S} We're a small village, but if we all cooperate, we can get
almost anything done.
{M} As long as we listen to the words of the fortune-teller,
we won't have any worries...
-----
Seer :{S} If you desire a reading, stand before the table...
{M} The items that one carries are filled with one's hopes and
desires. I can sense these desires and I can see answers hidden
within them.
* - For the seer's readings, refer to section 02'03.
[008] :{S} By painting our bodies, we bring about good luck. You should
try it, too.
{M} Body painting also protects us from the magic of the witch
doctor, or so I'm told.
[009] :{S} My father is a fortune-teller, not a witch doctor. There are a
great many differences between him and Akafubu of Kibombo.
{M} My father may not be a witch doctor, but he could easily defeat
Akafubu.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'18] --- [Gondowan] --- [01'18] #$#
#$#$# Kibombo Mountains #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - Up the path, a man coming from the north speaks to a man already here.
Guard 1 : Is the way clear?
Guard 2 : This area is clear! The strange one has not been seen! And there?
Guard 1 : We have not seen the stranger near the village. Do you believe
he was truly headed toward Kibombo?
Guard 2 : The guards here were only recently knocked unconscious.
Guard 1 : Correct. We were under strict orders to maintain a strict watch
over the mountain pass.
Guard 2 : No one must be permitted into Kibombo until Akafubu has completed
his ceremony.
Guard 1 : Then we had better hurry to find the one who attacked our guards.
* - Guard 1 returns to the north.
Guard 2 : Keep a good watch. Do not permit anyone to pass. If anyone
interrupts Akafubu's ceremony, he will hold you responsible...
* - Upon approaching any of the guards:
Guard X : Guards! An intruder! Someone is trying to pass! To arms, Kibombo
warriors! To arms!
* - Several guards come and swarm Felix's group.
Guard Y : Here! The intruder is here!
* - Guard X nods.
Guard Y : Kibombo does not permit visitors! You just follow this road right
back to where you came from!
Guard X : Guard! Get him out of here!
* - Upon being spotted by the watchdog:
Watchdog : Grrrrr! Rrrruff! Rrufff!
Guard : An intruder! Repel the intruder immediately!
* - From here, it's the same as before when the guards swarm you.
* - After knocking down a bone that distracts the watchdog:
Watchdog :{S} Sniff sniff... Lick lick lick!!
{M} A bone! That's my favruff! Lick lick... It's deruffcious!
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'19] --- [Gondowan] --- [01'19] #$#
#$#$# Kibombo #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - It is night. Torches have been placed outside all buildings.
Most residents have gathered by the north end of town.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Outside ]
[001] :{S} If the Great Gabomba's mouth doesn't open, Akafubu must not yet
be a true witch doctor.
{M} I feel so much excitement... At last, will the Great Gabomba
recognize Akafubu's strength?
[002] :{S} Akafubu's ceremony is set to begin soon. I wonder if he'll
succeed this time.
{M} It's strange that Akafubu decided to try again tonight.
What bolstered his confidence?
[003] :{S} Akafubu was a good man when he was training with Oeia...
After Oeia died, Akafubu was simply no longer the same.
{M} Akafubu has not yet attained the magical skill that Oeia
possessed. I worry for our future if Akafubu's character is
as weak as his magic.
[004] :{S} Akafubu blames his failure on the jewel he originally used.
He claims it was no good. That's why he led a team of soldiers
to find a new one.
{M} They attacked some town to get the jewel he needed.
I hope no one was injured.
[005] :{S} I'm afraid of what Akafubu will do if he fails the ceremony
a second time.
{M} When he fails the ceremony, Akafubu gets so angry... I hope he
doesn't turn his anger on to me... I'm afraid of his powerful
magic.
[006] :{S} Akafubu is attempting the ceremony again tonight. Oeia performed
the same ceremony with no problems. What's holding Akafubu back?
{M} Oeia's sudden death brought pressure and responsibility on
Akafubu, well before his time.
[007] :{S} When the Gabomba is angered, his eyes glow with rage and fire
shoots out of his mouth.
{M} I hope Akafubu hasn't angered the Great Gabomba. I would be sorry
to see him die like that...
[008] :{S} Akafubu has tried this before, but he has always failed.
Tonight is different, though. With this new gem, he may succeed.
{M} As a child, Akafubu was every bit as horrible. He always cried
when he had to share his toys. When he was good, he was very,
very good... but when he was bad, he was AWFUL.
[009] :{S} During the last ceremony, Akafubu made the jewel float in the
air... But the mouth of the Great Gabomba did not open.
{M} The Great Gabomba is supposed to open his mouth of Akafubu
is worthy.
[010] :{S} Hey, no pushing! You're not going to get any closer, with all
these people packed in here.
{M} There are so many people here! If I want to see the ceremony,
I'll have to climb the posts!
[011] :{S} If the Great Gabomba likes the jewel, his mouth will open and
his tongue will stick out. It sounds weird, but it's a sign
that the Gabomba accepts the offering.
{M} If the Great Gabomba actually moves and sticks out his tongue...
I might just faint!
[012] :{S} Is making the jewel float with the power of his mind all there is
to it? I would have thought a ceremony like this would have
required a little more effort.
{M} He's failed so many times already... Won't the same thing happen
again if he tries it another time?
[013] :{S} I hope the Great Gabomba is satisfied by Akafubu's jewel and
opens his mouth this time.
{M} If the Great Gabomba opens his mouth, he will have acknowledged
Akafubu's power. When the Great Gabomba accepts the jewel,
the door will open.
[014] :{S} Akafubu looks really confident tonight. I think he just might
succeed this time!
{M} He travels to Madra and returns with a stolen gem, and now he
expects us to call him a hero?
[015] :{S} He who is the witch doctor of Kibombo holds the most revered
office in our whole town.
{M} If only Oeia had taught his magic to someone else... If he had
another pupil, this would go more easily on poor Akafubu.
He would not be alone.
G. Healer :{S} Oh... Oh my... I've heard of ceremonies like these...
Foreign deities are so frightening...
{M} I wonder if a man in my position should really be in a place
like this.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Cliffs above Gabomba Statue #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - Only from the cliffs can Felix's group observe the ceremony below.
Akafubu : At last, the sacred night has come!
* - The jewel from Madra, similar in appearance to Babi's Black Orb, has been
put into the Gabomba's hands.
Akafubu : Tonight, Akafubu becomes the Kibombo's new witch doctor! All of you,
pray in the depths of your hearts for my success!
* - The other observers cheer.
Kraden : It looks like the initiation ceremony is beginning. I'm not sure
what will happen, but we'd better hurry, Felix.
* - Piers is also standing atop the cliff.
Piers : Wh-Who are you?!? What... What are your intentions?
Sheba : It looks like Piers has already forgotten us, huh?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Jenna : I know! We met Piers when he was in JAIL! And it's not like he had
lots of visitors, either!
-(No)
Jenna : What, is he so obsessed with his black orb that he can't even
remember us?
-----------------------------------------------------------
Piers : Wait a second... I know you... You're the travelers who came
seeking me when I was in jail.
Kraden : So, you DO remember!
Piers : What are you doing in this place?
Sheba : Actually, that's what we wanted to ask you...
Jenna : We were worried about you, Piers, so we followed you here...
Piers : And that's what brings you to this dangerous place?
Sheba : What's that supposed to mean?
Jenna : We came here to help you, Piers. Why are you being like that
about it?
Piers : Tell me something... Exactly when did I ask you for your help?
Akafubu : SILENCE! I shall now present our jewel to the Great Gabomba!
* - Akafubu uses Lift to raise the jewel.
Piers : !!!
Akafubu : O Great Gabomba! Please accept this, our humble gift!
Please, Great Gabomba! Accept this jewel!
* - The Gabomba opens its eyes.
Akafubu : Look! The Great Gabomba has noticed the light of the jewel!
* - It shuts its eyes again.
Akafubu : Why, Great Gabomba?
* - He lowers the jewel.
Akafubu : Your prayers were weak! Open your hearts to the Great Gabomba!
Sing your praises and dance for the Great Gabomba until your prayers
reach his ears!
Piers : Akafubu is no witch doctor! He's an Adept! I may have to confront
him to get my orb back... I may have to fight. I will do whatever
it takes, but I will have my black orb back again.
* - He looks about.
Piers : It's no use. We can't get to Akafubu from here. This won't work,
either... What are we going to do? We can't get ever there!
Jenna : Piers is in trouble. Shouldn't we try to help him?
* - Kraden notices two ledges, separated by a gap, as well as a tree stump
on the ledge farthest from them - which is out of reach by normal means.
Kraden : Maybe if we could do something about that stump, we could reach the
backside of Gabomba. We've got to help Piers. Right, Felix?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : Then hop to it!
-(No)
Kraden : What's all this now, Felix? Is it too much to ask that you help
Piers in his time of need?
-----------------------------------------------------------
* - Before dealing with the stump:
Piers :{S} The orb is right before me, and yet I cannot reach it...
{M} I am certain I just sensed the power of Psynergy, but that
can't possibly be...
* - Upon using Move to drop the stump into the gap:
Piers : ?!? That power... Was that Psynergy?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Piers : I knew it!
-(No)
Piers : Please, don't try to complicate things by lying... It must have
been Psynergy...
-----------------------------------------------------------
Piers : I should have spotted it at once! You're Adepts!
Jenna : Wait, so does that mean you're--
Piers : Yes, my name is Piers, and I too am an Adept. To be honest,
everyone in Lemuria is an Adept, and not just me.
Sheba : What's Lemuria?
Piers : Lemuria is an island that lies in the center of the Eastern Sea.
Kraden : Wait a second... You said Lemuria? I've heard that name before...
Of course! It was Lord Babi! He often spoke to me of Lemuria.
He said it was so advanced that we can scarcely begin to imagine
what it must have been like...
Piers : You are correct. My home was and is all that you say. Whoever told
you this knows much of Lemuria.
Jenna : But wait, if it's so far away in the middle of the ocean, how come
anyone knows so much about it?
Piers : It is not easily reached, and we Lemurians seldom leave... I cannot
imagine how anyone could have learned anything at all about us.
Except... Hold on a moment... Babi... I've heard that name somewhere
before...
Sheba : Well, yeah... Everyone knows about Lord Babi... He's the ruler of
Tolbi...
Piers : I've never heard of Tolbi. Until recently, I had never left my home
of Lemuria...
Jenna : Piers, are you just playing games with us?
Piers : Don't be foolish. What would I gain from lying to you?
I'm being quite serious.
Kraden : Piers is not playing games, Jenna. You can trust him.
Piers : Thank you for believing me, master sage!
Kraden : Please, call me Kraden, Piers of Lemuria. And I am the one who
should be thanking you!
You look puzzled, Felix. You are probably wondering what I'm
talking about...
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : I thought as much...
-(No)
Kraden : Oh, good! Then I probably don't need to tell you...
Jenna : Wait, just because my brother knows that you're talking about
doesn't mean we do! Tell us!
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : If what Babi told me is true, Lemuria is all that remains of a once
great civilization.
Piers : Your friend is correct.
Kraden : In fact, the reason I was sent to Vale was somewhat related to my
inability to find Lemuria itself...
Sheba : I don't understand... What was in Vale that had anything to do
with Lemuria?
Kraden : Babi believed that, in Lemuria alone, the power of Alchemy remains
unbound.
* - Piers nods.
Kraden : Lord Babi had need of Lemuria's Alchemy, but despite our effort,
we could not find the lost city. Since we could not find Lemuria,
Lord Babi went me to unlock the secrets of Alchemy myself.
Piers : Ah, yes! Babi! If I recall correctly, a man named Babi came to
Lemuria long ago... He stole one of our ships and fled the isle...
Kraden : Yes! That must indeed be the same Lord Babi who know leads [sic] the
people of Tolbi.
Jenna : Now, I'm even more confused. This is making my head hurt... I mean,
if Babi really stole a ship from your home, why would he be trying
so hard to find it again?
Kraden : I can't expect you to understand, my dear. Lord Babi's reasons for
finding Lemuria are... complex.
Sheba : But if he already found Lemuria once, why doesn't he just go back
the same way?
Piers : Once you have left Lemuria, finding it again is quite difficult,
even if you know where to look.
Jenna : Well... why?
Piers : The waters around Lemuria are wrapped in a perpetual fog...
It is very difficult to navigate.
Kraden : I remember Lord Babi once saying something to that effect.
Piers : Even if one locates Lemuria, getting through the fog itself
remains quite a challenge.
Sheba : I don't get it... Why can't you just sail straight through it?
Piers : The ocean currents around Lemuria are swift and treacherous...
Only one who can sail a Lemurian ship can complete the journey.
Sheba : But... Babi stole a Lemurian ship from you, right? That means that
he can sail it... You said yourself that he used it to flee the
island!
Kraden : Unfortunately, Babi was the only one of us who could use the ship.
Piers : You see, Lemurian ships can only be helmed by Adepts... Which is why
I have to get my black orb back! I must be able to captain my ship!
There may be something up ahead on this path. Then let's go...
* - He starts to leave.
Kraden : Wait a moment, Piers... We want to help you get your orb back.
Piers : You intend to help me, Kraden?
Kraden : I am on this quest for many reasons... one of them being that
I wish to see Lemuria. If you would allow it, that is... I'd like to
visit Lemuria myself.
Piers : If this is something you would do for Babi, then I cannot permit it.
Kraden : What? Why not?
Piers : Babi is a thief. He is not well loved in Lemuria.
Kraden : It is partially on behalf of Babi... ...but there's more to it
than that! I want to go to Lemuria so that I can see the full power
of Alchemy!
I want to aid Piers so that he will take us to Lemuria...
What do you say, Felix?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : You'll do it!? Splendid!
-(No)
Kraden : Why, Felix? Why? Please, we simply have to!
Jenna : What's the matter with you, Felix? I don't see why we can't
help Piers.
Sheba : Yeah. I'm with Jenna on this one.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Piers : I appreciate your offer, but...
Jenna : I understand, Piers... You're not sure if you'll be able to take us
to Lemuria, is that it?
* - Piers nods.
Sheba : Can't we talk about this later?
Kraden : Yes, yes, of course! For now, let's just get that orb back for
Piers!
[game] : Piers joined your party.
* - When trying to head back to the village?
Piers : Now that I know the orb is here, I won't leave this village without
it! I will go alone if I must!
* - He leaves. When approaching him:
Piers : You've come to help my get my orb back? Thank you, all of you!
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Gabomba Statue - Interior #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - A hidden ladder can be found that leads into the statue. Within it,
various mechanical devices are scattered.
In the second-highest room, two gears allow for the tongue to be rolled out.
A miniature statue rests at the back of the room.
Upon arriving at the highest room, Akafubu shouts from outside.
Akafubu : Focus your energies!
* - Kraden looks out the Gabomba's eyes.
Kraden : Everyone! Look over here!
Akafubu : Let us now present our jewel to the Great Gabomba!
* - Akafubu uses Lift to raise the jewel.
Akafubu : O Great Gabomba! Please accept this, our humble gift!
Please, Great Gabomba! Accept this jewel!
* - The Gabomba opens its eyes.
Akafubu : Look! The Great Gabomba has noticed the light of the jewel!
* - Inside the Gabomba's head, two floating orbs - one red and one blue -
send out energy across lines on the floor. However, the energies are unable
to reach the miniature Gabomba head on the floor due to obstruction.
The statue shuts its eyes again.
Akafubu : You are still not pleased?
* - He lowers the jewel.
Akafubu : No! This time, he seemed almost like he might... We must continue!
Drums! More drums!
Kraden : Ah! So that's how it works!
Sheba : He's been failing because the conduit that channels his Psynergy
is broken.
Jenna : Should we reconnect the conduit so he can complete the ceremony?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Piers : I won't help them, Felix! They're the ones who stole my orb
from the Madrans!
-(No)
Piers : I agree, Felix! Why should we help this pack of thieves?
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : Piers, I understand that you're angry at them, but it really is
in our best interest to help. Think about it, Piers...
Akafubu stole the orb solely to perform this ceremony...
So, what do you think he intends to do with the orb?
Piers : He means to give it to the Great Gabomba... Oh! So...if his ceremony
succeeds, the orb will be taken into the statue...
Kraden : And we're INSIDE the statue! If the ceremony succeeds, we can go
find the orb!
Piers : I... don't want to help that Akafubu, but...
Sheba : I don't like the idea of helping him any more than you do, but if we
can end this without a fight...
Piers : You're right, Sheba. Let's see if we can't help him finish his
little ceremony.
Kraden : It looks like the energy charge is supposed to run over these
blocks.
* - Some parts of the circuit can be taken out and swapped with others.
Those are the blocks.
Kraden : If we can just move these around a little, that might be enough
to complete the circuit...
* - He notices something.
Kraden : Ah! There we go!
Sheba : These panels have arrows on them... What do you think it all means?
Kraden : Look at the directions they point... I'll bet these will rotate
the blocks...
Piers : But how do we set the blocks back in place?
Jenna : Just Pound them in!
* - "Pound" is capitalized as it is the name of a Psynergy.
When the pillar between the panels is pounded into the floor, the blocks
rise into the air - at that point, they must be individually pounded back
into their places.
Kraden : Won't that do the trick? We must watch the path his Psynergy takes
and move the blocks accordingly.
* - Outside:
Akafubu : Oh! The magic, the power of the witch doctor fills my body! At the
count of twenty, I shall present our jewel to the Great Gabomba!
Make your hearts as one, and dance for the Great Gabomba!
* - At the count of twenty:
Akafubu : O Great Gabomba! Please accept this, our humble gift!
* - If neither color energy reaches the mini head, the Gabomba shuts its eyes.
Akafubu : You are still not pleased!
* - He lowers the jewel.
Akafubu : No! This time, he seemed almost like he might... We must continue!
Drums! More drums!
* - If the blue energy reaches the head, the Gabomba's eyes flash blue.
Akafubu : Look! Look! The Great Gabomba has seen our jewel!
* - Its eyes... pop out and are replaced by trembling, mechanical blue dots?
Strangely enough, that would appear to be the case.
Man 1 : Ah! We have enraged the Great Gabomba!
Man 2 : No! Great catastrophe shall befall the Kibombo!
Akafubu : Silence! SILENCE! Do not be hasty! The Great Gabomba has not opened
his eyes in anger! Your prayers... have not appeased him...
That is all! Pray! You must pray more! Let the Great Gabomba hear
our desires! Drums! More drums!!!
* - If the red energy reaches the head, the Gabomba's eyes flash red.
Akafubu : Look! The Great Gabomba has responded to our gift!
* - Fire shoots from the Gabomba's mouth.
Man 1 : Wahhh! The Great Gabomba spews jets of flame!
Man 2 : It is the end of Kibombo! Our village is doomed!
Akafubu : Silence! SILENCE! Do not be hasty, my people! The Great Gabomba
is not angered by our ceremony! He is angered by the presence of
wicked thoughts! Cast away your wicked thoughts! Dance! Dance for
the Great Gabomba! Drums! More drums!!!
* - If both energies reach the head, the Gabomba's eyes flash white.
Akafubu : Look! The Great Gabomba has responded to our gift!
* - It extends its tongue, taking the black orb into its mouth, and then
puts out its tongue again for Akafubu to enter.
Akafubu : Did you see it, people? At last! The Great Gabomba accepts me!
I shall answer his call! I shall enter the Great Gabomba!
Wait for me, my people!
* - He enters.
Felix's group is standing by the miniature statue on the second-highest
room.
Piers : The black orb... Where is it?
Sheba : I saw it roll in there...
Jenna : It came in through there and rolled along the groove in the floor...
* - Flashback: The orb rolls under the statue.
Kraden : It vanished into that hole!
Sheba : It looks pretty deep...
Jenna : Can you see it? Do you think we can reach it?
Sheba : Hm... No, I can't even see it.
Piers : It's no use... Now, I'll never see Lemuria again... I am lost
forever from my homeland!
Sheba : Wait, hold on... I can see light on the other side of this hole...
Kraden : A light? There must be a room on the other side of this statue...
Akafubu : Who... Who are you!? What are you doing here? Are you Kibombo!?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Akafubu : What? Do you take me for a naive fool!?
-(No)
Akafubu : Then what are you doing inside the Great Gabomba!?
-----------------------------------------------------------
Piers : We've come to reclaim the black orb you stole!
Akafubu : Do you really believe I would permit you to take it!?
Sheba : Hey, watch it! You wouldn't even be in here if it weren't for us!
Akafubu : What is that supposed to mean? Why should I believe you? I am
Akafubu, the chosen witch doctor of Kibombo!
* - Jenna drags him to the top floor.
Jenna : Yeah, we know... We saw your magic energy flowing past us. See how
this channel runs along the floor? Here, look... It runs all the way
over there! But the thing is, the circuit was broken right there.
So we completed the circuit so that your magic energy could go where
it needed to go.
Akafubu : But... if you truly did this, then why? Why did you help me?
* - The others come up.
Kraden : We were sort of hoping that we could take the orb if your ceremony
succeeded...
Akafubu : Ah, so you have taken the orb? Then begone! You have no further
business here!
Piers : But... we didn't get the orb.
Sheba : It rolled through this groove and right through this hole.
Kraden : We saw a light through there, so we suspect there must be another
room behind the wall...
* - They return to the second-highest floor. Akafubu places a red jewel in the
hands of the miniature statue. It slides away, revealing a passage.
Akafubu : I might be able to retrieve the orb.
* - Akafubu heads down the passage.
Jenna : Do you think Akafubu will really return the orb to us?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Piers : Maybe we had him all wrong...
-(No)
Piers : I think Jenna is right. It sounds like he's going to return what
he has stolen.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Sheba : I thought Akafubu was an evil man, but I guess we were wrong...
Kraden : You never can tell, Sheba...
We have little choice but to trust that he will return it. Come on!
Let's go, Felix!
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Gabomba Statue - Outside ]
[001] :{S} Ahh! Something is coming from within the Great Gabomba!
Are you men, or are you... gods?
{M} They look like people, but how could they be here now? I cannot
believe it! Why doesn't my magic amulet have any effect on them?
[002] :{S} You look human... but perhaps you are the ones who created the
Great Gabomba, reborn before us!
{M} If no person other than Akafubu can enter the Great Gabomba...
Then these people aren't really people at all!
[003] :{S} Akafubu possesses the power to enter the Great Gabomba! My faith
is restored!
{M} I saw Akafubu's power open the jaw of the Great Gabomba. I saw it
happen, but I still don't believe. it. But... I SAW it happen...
[004] :{S} We must stand guard and wait until Akafubu's return!
{M} I hope Akafubu completes the ceremony soon... I'm so sleepy...
I want to go home.
[005] :{S} Men or gods, we fear you not! The Kibombo fear nothing!
{M} What if the Great Gabomba only opened its mouth to lure Akafubu
in and... crush him like a grape!
[006] :{S} It seems these beasts want to pass through... Can't you see
we are in the midst of our ceremony!? None shall pass until
it is complete!
{M} Look at these guys. They think they're so hot... I bet they think
they're gonna get past me... They have no idea how long I can
stand here, saying the same thing to them, over and over.
[007] :{S} This isn't a bad way to spend an evening, when you get right
down to it. I could dance all night and all day tomorrow, too.
{M} Sure, this is fun, but my feet hurt! I never want to hear an
irresistible dance beat again!
[008] :{S} It is proper for a warrior to be a man of few words.
It is the fearful dog who barks the loudest.
{M} *Koff! Koff!* All this chanting is making my throat hurt!
No more singing in the shower for me.
[ Kibombo - Outside ]
[001] :{S} Akafubu sees the future... That's how he knew to find the jewel
in Madra.
{M} I really wonder how accurate Akafubu's farsight [sic] is. If his
skills were stronger, he should be able to prophesy the outcome
of this ceremony.
[002] :{S} They told me I had to stay awake until the ceremony's over.
Usually, they tell me I have to go to bed early! Make up your
minds already!
{M} As long as this ceremony's going on, I get to stay up! Normally,
I get in trouble for trying to stay up this late.
* - [003] has left.
[004] :{S} They say the Great Gabomba's great jaw finally opened. I wish
I could go up front and get a better view.
{M} They're saying the Great Gabomba opened his mouth, but I'll just
have to take their word for it. I wish I were closer, so I could
see it and know for sure.
* - [005] has left.
[006] :{S} Tonight seems to have been a good night... I was worried,
since Akafubu kept failing.
{M} Will the Great Gabomba finally accept Akafubu and make him our
new witch doctor?
[007] :{S} Last time Akafubu tried the ceremony, he failed. I saw him crying
behind the statue after.
{M} Akafubu's always been a crybaby. Whenever he failed his lessons,
he cried and cried.
[008] :{S} What? Don't ask me what Akafubu's doing in there. I was just
wondering myself.
{M} It's so far away from the action... From back here, Akafubu looks
like a deranged mosquito!
[009] :{S} Akafubu has been inside the Great Gabombo for a while now.
How long is he going to take?
{M} What's taking so long? We can't finish the ceremony until Akafubu
comes back out.
* - [010] has left.
[011] :{S} I believe in Akafubu. I believe he will surpass Oeia and become
a great witch doctor.
{M} Akafubu and Oeia are so different... How can he ever hope to
replace Oeia? Ah, why did Oeia have to die? What are we to do?
[012] :{S} Once the ceremony is complete, Kibombo will be like a village
reborn. Peace will come again.
{M} Kibombo was so much better when Oeia was our leader. I wish we
could return to that life once again...
[013] :{S} I think Akafubu's has [sic] finally succeeded at his ceremony.
Maybe Kibombo will finally be peaceful once again.
{M} Akafubu is obsessed! He'll keep trying this until he gets it
right. Please, oh please, just get it right tonight!!!
[014] :{S} Whew! Thank goodness those drums have stopped. They were rattling
my brain!
{M} Am I going to have to play drums all night? Can't they just...
dance without them?
[015] :{S} Oeia's death was so sudden. It's been hard on Akafubu.
{M} I suspect Akafubu never really wanted to become the Kibombo
witch doctor. Poor boy.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Gabomba Statue - Interior #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - Past the miniature statue, an elevator leads to a hall on a lower level.
At the far end, the black orb has been placed in another statue's hands.
Akafubu : I have followed Oeia's instructions and entered the final chamber!
He told me that if I reached this chamber, I would become Kibombo's
witch doctor. But what must I do here to become a witch doctor?
I do not know...
* - Akafubu:
Akafubu :{S} Your black orb rests in the hands of the statue before you.
Go on, take it.
{M} Oeia... What am I to do now?
* - Upon examining the orb, the statue's eyes glow and the orb rises.
????? : Oh, young witch doctor... You have succeeded in your task.
You have found this chamber.
Akafubu : Wh-Who speaks?
Kraden : It sounded like it was the statue of the Great Gabomba.
Akafubu : That's ridiculous...
Gabomba : Akafubu! Your magic has grown strong! At last, you are worthy
of the title witch doctor. I give you the feathers and gown that
are the badges of your office!
* - The items appear on Akafubu.
Gabomba : Akafubu, from this day forward, you shall be Kibombo's witch doctor.
Akafubu : I've done it! I've finally earned the right to be witch doctor!
At last! Yes!
* - He quickly takes off to announce the state of things.
A chest lowers from above.
Gabomba : And there is one thing that remains for me to give you...
Akafubu... You hasty fool... I had something else to give you,
and in your haste, you left too soon.
Say, you there...
* - Felix looks around.
Gabomba : Yes! You! You, looking around there! I have magic for Akafubu,
magic that he will soon need, ...but he is not ready for it.
As a result, I have decided that I shall not pass this magic on
to anyone just yet. Tell this to Akafubu: If he desires this
new magic, then he must earn it himself!
* - The chest rises out of sight.
Gabomba : If Akafubu does not refine his magical arts, then he will never
earn this new power. This power shall not be realized until he
ceases living only for himself... And instead lives his life to
benefit others. Tell him so!
Kraden : I don't suppose you could just... give that magic to us?
Gabomba : What do you mean?
Kraden : I'm just asking if maybe we could earn that magic before Akafubu.
Gabomba : The power can be claimed by another, but only if Akabubu lacks the
will to earn it himself.
Kraden : Aha! So we CAN get it!
Gabomba : Perhaps if he must compete for his power, he will focus and take
his office seriously. But before you do this thing, you must convey
to Akafubu all that I have told you.
Kraden : Oh, of course! We wouldn't dream of cheating him... We will tell him
all you have told us.
Gabomba : Follow that path, and you will find a cavern...
* - A tile on the floor disappears, revealing a ladder.
Gabomba : But now, I shall sleep... until the time comes when I must anoint
a new witch doctor.
* - The orb drops down into the statue's hands.
Kraden : Felix... Go get Piers's precious orb.
[game] : Felix got the Black Crystal.
Kraden : Felix... Do you have any idea exactly what this "Great Gabomba"
really is?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : If you have unraveled that which I cannot, then perhaps you are the
greater scholar.
-(No)
Kraden : You do not understand either? Then I do not feel quite so foolish...
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : But doesn't this witch doctor magic seem not unlike some kind of
Psynergy? Wouldn't it be quite fortunate if we were to get our
hands on that power ourselves?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : Oh! You didn't need much convincing at all, did you, Felix?
-(No)
Kraden : Hrmm... You would feel guilty about taking it, eh, Felix?
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : I needn't remind you, but... We're going to need every kind of
Psynergy we can muster to complete this quest... Either way, Felix,
we are, at the very least, obligated to deliver the Gabomba's
message. We must fulfill our promise to the Gabomba. Then, maybe we
can come back inside this Gabomba statue some other time to get it.
* - They depart.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Akafubu's (A's) hut #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[game] : Felix carried the message of the Gabomba to Akafubu.
By the time Felix finished his story, dawn had broken.
Kraden : Right... Well, I guess that's that!
A's Father: You are virtuous men, coming here to deliver this message. My son
and I thank you.
Akafubu : What do we have to be thankful of? If they had just stopped me
from leaving the Great Gabomba, this wouldn't have happened!
A's Father: What!? If you had been more interested in your duty, you would not
have left so quickly...
Akafubu : But, Father! These people are trying to steal the magic of our
people! It should be mine! Mine, I tell you! That power belongs
to me! I'm going to be the one to get the Great Gabomba's magic!
You'll see!
A's Father: My son, you have much to learn.
He may look like a man, but before me, he acts like a child. See how
he behaves when he gets excited? No matter what I say, he won't
listen to me right now. I think he has had enough for today...
Kraden : I see your point. Well! I suppose we should be leaving then.
After all, our journey has only just begun. We cannot remain idle
much longer.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - Note: These speaker identifications have no bearing to those prior.
[ Outside ]
Guard 1 :{S} You didn't come to Kibombo to get revenge on us for that raid,
did you?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
How many of you are there? We've got some pretty fierce warriors,
you know... You don't really think you can defeat all of us,
do you?
-(No)
Whew! That's good to hear. We're supposed to protect the village,
but I feel bad for the raid.
--------------------------------------------
{M} No one in Kibombo really wants war with our neighbors. We want
everyone who shares this land to share peace as well.
Guard 2 :{S} The other warriors are busy hunting right now. The food supply
for the whole village depends entirely on the animals they catch.
{M} With all our battles behind us, we warriors spend our time
refilling the village food supply.
[003] :{S} Now that the ceremony is over, I feel a touch depressed.
I wish we could have more big events like that soon.
{M} Now that the witch doctor ceremony is over, I've decided that...
it was kind of fun!
[004] :{S} Oh... I smell something delectable. We'll be eating some good
meat soon.
{M} You don't think anyone will notice if a sneak a little nibble
while I'm cooking, do you?
[005] :{S} We get to eat normal animals again! They taste so much better
than those monsters we've had!
{M} Lately the monsters have been increasing, and the animals are
becoming more and more scarce. That's why everyone's so excited
that we get to have nice, normal steaks tonight!
[006] :{S} Good ol' meat... I love meat. I can't wait until we get some.
{M} Gulp! The smell of that sauce over the fire is making me so
hungry... How long until we can eat!?
[007] :{S} It looks like there are fewer warriors in Kibombo now, huh?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
All of our warriors were just local farm boys...Now that he's the
witch doctor, Akafubu let them all return to their farming work.
-(No)
You couldn't tell? I thought you might have been a little more
observant, but oh well...
--------------------------------------------
{M} Covering our warriors in paint makes them scarier, and it makes
them more intimidating. Most of our warriors aren't that strong,
so they need every trick they can use.
[008] :{S} Akafubu has finally completed his ceremony, and things are
starting to calm down. Maybe now, our warriors can set aside
their spears and return to their peaceful lives.
{M} Everyonw was terribly worried about Akafubu's ceremony. We're all
relived it's over now.
[009] :{S} The Great Gabomba's mouth will remain open until Akafubu has
earned the gift of the Gabomba. Maybe I ought to sneak in there
and get a look around while I have the chance.
{M} I want to look inside the Great Gabomba at least once.
You don't suppose just peeking will get me cursed, do you?
[010] :{S} I couldn't for the life of me figure out how our warriors got to
Indra without a boat. But I just found out that something has
pushed Indra into contact with Gondowan!
{M} Because Kibombo lies hidden deep in the continent, we rarely
hear news of the Eastern Sea.
[011] :{S} Now that Akafubu is our new witch doctor, we shall embark on a
path to peace. The neighboring villages have no reason to fear
our warriors any longer. This is a signal fire. We use these
to send messages to neighboring villages. I hope these messages
set our neighbors' minds at ease.
{M} I wonder if I can keep going until another village sees our
signal and comes to meet with us... I don't care which village
it is, just send a delegation! Fast!
[ Buildings ]
Innkeeper1:{S} Don't worry about the beds here... We used to have insect
problems, but not anymore. We used a special bug powder on
our beds. It's quite harmless to humans, I'll bet.
{M} The bed makes me itch so badly! It feels like bugs are crawling
all over me! Whenever I get itchy, I just rub some of that
bug powder all over myself!
Innkeeper2:{S} I can't remember how long it's been since we've had any guests.
Tell you what... If you stay at our inn, you can have all the
freshly grilled steak you want!
{M} I love Kibombo's BBQ monster steak...with extra-spicy Herb sauce!
It's a local treat that's fun to eat! ...But it's not nearly
as fun catching the monsters...
* Note: The capitalization of "Herb" is correct, since she is
specifically referring to the in-game item, which has its own
unique properties set apart from herbs in general.
-----
[Weapon] :{S} The weapons I sell in this shop are ones we do not use in
Kibombo. You find it strange that I do not sell the weapons
we make here, don't you?
{M} Our warriors appear so strong because of the deadly poison on
their spears. In a war, Kibombo spears would make a powerful
ally.
[Armor] :{S} The only defenses we Kibombo need are our shields and our
war paint. Our warriors think armor is for cowards.
{M} Because our paint is infused with the witch doctor's magic,
we're safe from attacks. I would opt for paint in any battle...
no matter how much iron my enemy wore.
[Item] :{S} I'm sorry, but the Kibombo spearhead poison is a tribal secret,
used for hunting only. We can't let outsiders have it, because
they might try to turn it toward evil uses.
{M} If I had a coin for every time some stranger came up and asked
me to sell them poison... If only they'd let me sell it, I could
make millions!
-----
[006] :{S} If you are looking for treasure, look west of the river.
The rocky peaks there are called the belly of the continent.
Great treasure hides there.
{M} Sure, our legends speak of much treasure, but no one ever seems
to have found it.
[007] :{S} Each year, when the rains stop, our warriors look for treasure
in the belly of the continent. Maybe the belly is hidden, or the
treasure is also. I don't know, but they all return empty-handed.
{M} I wonder what Oeia meant when he said that our magic is deeply
tied to the belly of the continent...
-----
[008] :{S} I've heard that if you head west from southern Gondowan, you'll
see the Eastern Sea. There are two continents in the middle of
that ocean: Hesperia and Atteka.
{M} I know I could find more animals and grain on the far side of
the river. If only I could go... These seasonal monsoon rains
have swollen the river and made it too dangerous to cross.
[009] :{S} Are you going to head to western Gondowan?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
That's unfortunate. The recent rains have swollen the rivers.
It is too dangerous for us to allow anyone to pass.
-(No)
That's for the best. It is far too dangerous for anyone to be
going out west. Perhaps a boat would lessen the danger to a
degree...
--------------------------------------------
{M} Crossing the river by canoe is much too dangerous. I'd need a
ship to get across.
[010] :{S} You can see Atteka from the bridge in western Gondowan.
My grandfather told me so. Someday, I'll be a warrior like my
grandfather, and I'll be able to see it for myself!
{M} If I'm ever going to be a warrior, I must build more muscle
and master the art of the spear.
-----
[011] :{S} We think it is time to inform other villages that Akafubu has
completed the ceremony. I think they'll be glad to know that we
no longer pose any threat to them.
{M} I am a might warrior, trained from birth to be fierce. If you
are feared, you are powerful! I'm... supposed to start my
"being nice to people" training on Monday.
[012] :{S} Many in Gondowan fear the might of Kibombo warriors. But we
don't want to be feared. Now is the time for Kibombo to change
its image.
{M} It won't be easy, convincing them that we've turned over a
new leaf... but we'll try.
-----
G. Healer :{S} Kibombo's peace is restored now that the ceremony has reached
its end... Now, the fate of Kibombo's people depends on how
Akafubu leads them.
{M} I can't believe that Akafubu would change simply because he
completed the ceremony.
Akafubu :{S} I just can't quite grasp the Great Gabomba's magic. Still,
I'm trying really hard to help everyone, just like the Great
Gabomba said...
{M} Dang! Why did I leave that stupid room so quickly?
Stupid, stupid, stupid Akafubu!
A's Father:{S} My son has been so kind and compassionate since the ceremony.
He's a changed man. He has focused on bettering himself and
earning the Great Gabomba's magic.
{M} After he became a witch doctor, Akafubu had no more reason to
focus himself... It is good that he now has a new goal.
He will have to work hard to earn the Great Gabomba's magic.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Gabomba Catacombs #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - After acquiring the "Cyclone" Psynergy, the catacombs, which lie below the
hidden ladder in the final room of the Gabomba statue, can be traversed.
At the end, another miniature statue of the Gabomba is present.
Gabomba : By reaching this place, you have proven your power.
* - A book, the Tomegathericon (which changes one's class) appears in its hands.
Gabomba : By rights, Akafubu should bear this power... But I shall keep my
promise and bestow it upon the one to reach this place first!
Kraden : I am grateful for your promise... But I am worried that we have
done Akafubu and the Kibombo a great wrong.
Gabomba : Akafubu has not honed his own powers, and the fault lies with him
alone... And yet, there is a hint of truth to what you say...
Kraden : Then what are we to do? Does this mean we won't receive your magic?
Gabomba : As I have said, I will give the power to you. Your concern is
misplaced. But I must add some small conditions to our agreement...
Kraden : Wh-What kind of conditions?
Gabomba : You must not... mention this to Akafubu. Akafubu was plainly
ill prepared for this test. He will lose heart if he hears what
you have done. And yet... the Kibombo have need of this ill-prepared
leader... If Akafubu ever reaches this place, I shall teach him
the magic as well. Promise me that you will not tell Akafubu that
you earned this magic. Can you do this?
Kraden : Of course!
Gabomba : And now I shall sleep. Farewell, successor to the witch doctor.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'20] --- [Gondowan] --- [01'20] #$#
#$#$# Naribwe #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Outside ]
[001] :{S} Don't tell me you just came back from Kibombo! You must be really
brave to have made it there and back again!
{M} Who would travel to Kibombo right now? It's not very safe right
now.
[Item] :{S} Strangers to our town would do well to visit the fortune-teller's
hut.
{M} Those who become lost should offer the fortune-teller one of
their hard-earned items.
[003] :{S} Some soldiers came through here looking for a guy named Piers.
They looked unhappy that I'd never heard of him.
{M} What kind of a name is Piers. [sic] An odd one, certainly.
[004] :{S} I didn't see any Kibombo soldiers in the mountain pass...
Where did they go?
{M} I'm so glad the Kibombo aren't lurking over us in the hills
anymore... They were here, they were there, they were everywhere!
[005] :{S} Ouch... Some big brute came through here looking for a woman
named Menardi. I told him I'd never heard of her, and he shoved
me to the ground and stormed off!
{M} What has gone wrong with the world? People have no respect for
their elders!
[006] :{S} A man came through a while ago. He said he was going to Kibombo.
He hasn't come back yet. I think the guards in the mountains
caught him.
{M} If the man they were looking for has gone to Kibombo, they're
better off waiting. Kibombo is a dangerous place for outsiders
right now.
[007] :{S} I saw smoke rising from Kibombo... Were they having a bonfire
or something?
{M} That smoke's been rising from Kibombo for a while... I doubt
it's just a fire...
[008] :{S} The smoke coming from the Kibombo Mountains is coming from a
signal fire. The signals are hard to read, though. Whoever's
sending them isn't terribly at it.
{M} The signals say something has... ended? Or maybe has been chosen?
It's so hard to figure out... I wish they were a little better
at smoke signals.
G. Healer :{S} It's strange. As hot as it is here in Gondowan, if you head
south, it's bitter cold... The land of Tundaria is a frozen
wasteland that deserves its name.
{M} The cold of Tundaria stifles virtually all living things.
Compared to that barren land, Gondowan's heat is comforting.
[010] :{S} The fortune-teller predicted that the Kibombo will settle down
for a time... I hope for all of our sakes that he's right.
{M} The fortune-teller has never been wrong... But I can't imagine
that the Kibombo would ever really calm down.
[011] :{S} I mentioned Magma Rock to a traveler the other day, and he was
very intrigued. I can't be sure, but I think he might have
headed in that direction.
{M} I don't think anyone can reach Magma Rock now. The river is
too deep.
[ Buildings ]
Innkeeper1:{S} I see so many travelers... How am I supposed to remember who
Piers is? And why would anyone come all the way to Gondowan to
find him? What does Isaac want?
{M} Why would Isaac travel all this way in search of a man he has
never met? What could it be that drives him to look for this
Piers?
Innkeeper2:{S} If Piers is traveling in your group, please give him this
message: Isaac and his companions would like to speak with him.
{M} He paid me a lot of money to pass this message on, but how
would he know if I didn't? Ah, I'm too honest for my own good.
I'll keep passing Isaac's message on to my guests.
-----
[Weapon] :{S} Whenever I get customers from out of town, I always tell them
the same thing... "The fortune-teller sees all." Nobody can
resist trying it at least once.
{M} When I look at my weapons, I can instantly tell what monsters
they have fought.
[Armor] :{S} If you wish to know anything, go to the fortune-teller.
He's fast, accurate, and affordable.
{M} I like offering armor to the fortune-teller. It usually gets me
good results.
-----
[005] :{S} I guess those warriors learned much about their future from the
fortune-teller. You should do the same. Bring your items to him,
just as they did.
{M} The power of the fortune-teller is great. Anyone who listens to
his advice benefits greatly.
[006] :{S} Our fortune-teller has been saying some horrible things lately.
He's been telling everyone that "our peace shall soon sleep."
It's not very comforting.
{M} The fortune-teller said that the power of nature would rekindle
the advance of civilization. But which is better, an advanced
civilization, or a peaceful one?
-----
Seer :{S} If you desire a reading, stand before the table...
{M} Items placed before me are filled with the desires of those who
place them there. If I can sense those desires, I can answer
that which they seek.
* - For the seer's readings, refer to section 02'03.
[008] :{S} Reading fortunes in people's items takes a lot of energy, so he's
not always willing to do it. But if you have 20 coins on you,
he might be a little more willing.
{M} After Father's been reading all day, he sleeps like a baby.
A really loud, snoring baby.
[009] :{S} If trouble resides in your heart, I suggest you speak with my
father.
{M} Father should charge more for his readings. People profit from
what he tells them. Why shouldn't he profit from telling them?
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'21] --- [Indra] --- [01'21] #$#
#$#$# Madra #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Elder/Mayor's residence - Outside #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - A woman is standing near the building. When passing by:
Karst : Where could Menardi have gone? Where are you, my sister?
* - Speaking to her:
Karst :{S} Have you by chance seen a girl named Menardi?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
You have? And... And you're telling me that my sister is... dead?
--(Yes)
If you continue these lies, I might take it upon myself to
shut you up. get out of my sight!
--(No)
If you don't know my sister, then I have nothing to say to you.
Get out of my sight!
-(No)
If you don't know my sister, then I have nothing to say to you.
Get out of my sight!
--------------------------------------------
{M} Using Psynergy on me? Are you so dense that you don't know when
to be afraid? I don't have time to play games with you. Now,
leave me to my thoughts!
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Elder/Mayor's residence - Inside #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
Mayor : Felix! You're back!
Elder Dau : And you've brought Piers with you!
Elder : Oh! Piers! Piers, I must apologize for the trouble we've caused you.
I'm sorry we lost your jewel...
Piers : Don't be. Everything worked out for the best.
Mayor Dau : Piers, you said you were going to go to Gondowan. Did you make it?
Piers : Yes. In fact, we have just returned.
Mayor : And your jewel...
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Elder : You actually got it back from the Kibombo? Incredible...
Piers : I was able to recover it with the help of Felix and his friends.
Elder Dau : That's wonderful! I'm so relieved! I was worried that you might
never get it back!
-(No)
Elder : You didn't recover it from the Kibombo?
Piers : That's not true, sir. Felix and his companions helped me recover it.
Elder Dau : Please! Don't startle me like that! I was afraid you might never
get it back!
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : That's why we came back... To let you know that we've recovered it.
Worry no more.
* - If East Indra Shore has not been visited since finishing with Kibombo:
Mayor Son : If you've already recovered your jewel, why don't you stay here
for a bit longer?
Jenna : Unfortunately, we can't...
Sheba : Hey, have you seen the girl out front?
* - Jenna nods. The mayor's son appears not to have seen Karst.
Piers : We must go... to the island that is my home.
Kraden : Piers, are you... Are you sure?
* - Piers nods.
Piers : After what we've been through, I feel I've learned a few things.
Sheba : Like what!?
Piers : Like... the fact that you truly are good people. And that you
have gone to great lengths for no other reason than to help those
in need. I have come ot realize that I, too, must do something
to help where I can.
Jenna : Piers...
Piers : I have made my decision. And the sooner we depart, the better,
right, Kraden?
* - Kraden nods.
Piers : We shall set sail, Felix! To my ship! To the Eastern Sea!
Elder Dau : Do you truly mean to leave so soon, Piers?
Piers : I may yet again have reason to visit your town, but... yes,
I must go.
Elder : You seem quite busy.
* - If East Indra Shore has not been visited since finishing with Kibombo:
Mayor : Ah, so you'll be leaving again, will you?
Elder Dau : Are you sure you must leave so soon, Piers?
Piers : I may yet again have reason to visit your town, but... yes,
I must go.
Elder : You seem to be quite busy.
* - Regardless:
Kraden : It is their youth that allows them to be so busy.
Jenna : But we'll be back, I promise. Maybe we'll be able to visit at a more
leisurely pace...
Mayor Son : I'd like that...
Mayor Dau : So would I!
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Elder/Mayor's residence - Outside #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - The mayor rushes out of the house.
Mayor : Felix, wait! I believe I promised you a reward for helping with
the boat, didn't I?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Mayor : Imagine! You came all this way to put us at ease, and I totally
forget to give this to you!
-(No)
Mayor : Well, you may have forgotten, Felix, but I have not.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Mayor : Regardless, I told you that I would reward you when the boat was
fixed... That may take quite a while now, it seems... That being
the case, I'd like to give you that reward now.
Sheba : We can't accept it now, though, could we, Jenna?
Jenna : Madra is still in shambles from the disaster... We couldn't possibly
accept any gifts...
Mayor : Nonsense! Misfortune or no, a promise is a promise!
[game] : Felix got the Cyclone Chip.
Mayor : I am glad that I was able to give it to you before you left.
Your travels seem to take you from danger into greater danger.
Please be careful.
* - The mayor returns inside.
Kraden : Thank you, Mr. Mayor.
Karst : ...Felix? You... He just called you Felix, didn't he? Why didn't I
see it before? You are Felix! Then Menardi should be somewhere
around here, too... And yet...
Sheba : You won't see Menardi or Saturos again. Isaac killed them.
They're probably at the bottom of the sea by now...
Jenna : Sheba! Quiet!
Karst : Hmph! I heard that, you wretched little thing! Can it be true?
Is my sister dead?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Karst : I can't believe it... No one has the power to defeat Saturos and
my sister... Yet you all avoid my gaze... And that look on your
faces... It... is true...
-(No)
Karst : No? Then where s she!? Show me my sister! What is the mater?
Is it so very hard? You were traveling with her--bring her to me!
She would never have left you behind... and yet you are alone...
So it's true? She's...
-----------------------------------------------------------
Karst : Who is this Isaac?
* - Everyone acts as though they're unaware.
Karst : What? You feign ignorance/ Why? Would you protect him from my fury!?
Never mind. I believe I've heard some rumors of a traveler named
Isaac lately. Is this Isaac the same one they've been speaking of?
Is he pursuing you? If that is the case, then this Isaac should
show up here sooner or later.
Kraden : How do you know it wasn't Felix who defeated your sister?
Karst : What do you take me for? I'm a warrior, like my sister...I can gauge
a man's strength at a single glance. Even if you doubled Felix's
power, he would still be no match for my sister. And besides,
I doubt Felix could find it in himself to betray my sister. He knows
that the lives of those he holds dear would hang in the balance.
But I must congratulate you on your successes at both the Mercury
and Venus Lighthouses. Although your success there now prevents us
from returning the Western Sea. You would have failed, of course,
had we not researched how to climb those lighthouses...
* - Everyone seems a tad surprised at the remark.
Karst : Oh, didn't Menardi tell you? Regardless, Isaac won't be getting in
my way. You will have to find your own way to the Western Sea.
And if you make the journey, you'll have to light Jupiter on your
own as well! We have our own work to do, and number one on the list
is taking care of Isaac! Are we clear on this, Felix?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Karst : Aren't you an obedient boy... If you're worried you can't get it
done, we could help you a bit.
-(No)
Karst : What's the matter? Afraid you can't perform your duties?
We could help you a bit...
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : No, thank you. I believe we'll just find Jupiter Lighthouse on
our own, if it's all the same.
Karst : I see. Just don't let us down. we're going to find that Isaac...
I'm going to find this Isaac... And I swear that the last thing
he sees will be Karst avenging the death of her dear sister!
* - She takes her leave.
Sheba : Wow. And I thought Saturos and Menardi had issues.
Jenna : We shouldn't take Karst too lightly...
Piers : Wait a moment... Karst did say "we," didn't she?
Kraden : Yes. Saturos and Menardi traveled as a pair. Perhaps she has a
partner as well.
Sheba : We ought to warn Isaac that Karst is after him. Maybe we should
try to find him first.
Jenna : Believe me, I'd love to see Isaac again, but we just don't have
time to look for him. Plus...
Kraden : Even if we did find them, I think there is a good chance we'd
end up fighting them.
Piers : Why?
Kraden : What we are trying to achieve, they are trying to prevent...
And they will fight to stop us.
Sheba : But, Jenna... Aren't you and Isaac an item? Couldn't you, you know,
do something?
Jenna : A... An item? No! I mean... It's not like that! Not... really...
...Stupid Sheba...
Kraden : Ah! Well! Er, yes. For now, we should press onward to Jupiter
Lighthouse, like we'd planned.
Jenna : But... what about Garet and the others?
Sheba : Don't you mean... Isaac?
Jenna : Sheba! Be quiet! Sheesh...
Kraden : *Ahem!* Are you ready to listen yet?
They were strong enough to defeat Saturos and Menardi. They won't be
beaten easily. We should continue on ahead, just as Saturos and
Menardi would have, OK, Jenna?
* - Jenna nods.
Kraden : Sheba? Piers? Are you ready?
* - They both nod.
Kraden : Then we should be going, right, Felix?
* - Felix nods.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Outside ]
Guard 1 :{S} Hey! It's you guys! It's good to see you again! You want to enter
Madra? Yeah, sure! Go ahead! Feel free!
{M} How much longer do we have to stand guard here? Seriously,
there's nothing to guard again! We've already been attacked by
everyone!
Guard 2 :{S} The mayor finally returned from Alhafra.
{M} He was gone so long, I was starting to worry that the mayor
would never come back.
[003] :{S} We go to all that work getting the ship from Briggs, and now
we can't get it to work? I guess the mayor's holding a council
to see if they can figure out what's wrong.
{M} They've been having so many meetings lately! I guess that boat
must be in miserable shape!
[004] :{S} It's not that I don't want to go to Alhafra... But what's the
point if we can't fix the mast?
{M} If a building has broken columns, we tear it down... Shouldn't a
boat with a broken column be torn down as well?
[005] :{S} The mayor asked me to go to Alhafra with him, but I'm not sure
I should... If that ship runs on the power of the wind, how
reliable could it really be?
{M} Sailors are supposed to use oars to pull the boat through the
water... So, what's a sailor supposed to to don a boat what's
powered by wind?
[006] :{S} I was at the mayor's house, watching them argue about why the
boat won't move. What's so important about a mast, and what does
it have to do with sailing?
{M} These new boats apparently use the power of wind to cross the
seas... I just don't understand how a big pole in the boat can
help to capture the wind...
[007] :{S} I wonder if the legends are true... If there really is a great
society on a far-off island... Because if they are true, I want
to see this island.
{M} What was that island again? Come on, brain... Work with me...
Lemoria? Lemurland? Lulu?
[Weapon] :{S} It looks like the Kibombo must have been involved in the raids
on our town... Kibombo weapons are too distinct... We found a
bunch of them after the attacks.
{M} The pirates and the Kibombo must have been working together.
What an astounding discovery!
[Armor] :{S} People are saying the Champa and the Kibombo formed an
alliance... I don't buy it, myself.
{M} That night, the Champa came from the east, and the Kibombo,
from the west. That's not an alliance.
[Item] :{S} My boyfriend, Shin, seems so downtrodden lately... I hope he's
all right.
{M} Shin seems terrified of Piers. I wonder what happened between
them. Still, I guess that explains why he's been so on the edge
lately.
[011] :{S} I heard the boat the mayor got is much better than the battered
raft we used to have! I also heard that the new ship can even
sail far across the sea!
{M} Everyone gets the urge to explore, to go out into the wild and
see new lands... I'd love to see the world. I've love to have
an adventure of my own!
[012] :{S} If you have a big enough ship, you can sail anywhere in the
world! Isn't that amazing?
{M} How big would a ship that could go anywhere be? Probably bigger
than a whale!
[013] :{S} I don't know what will happen when they all head out to sea.
They know nothing about sailing!
{M} The people of Madra know our own lands well... but we know little
of the world beyond. What kind of fool would think himself ready
to sail into a world he knew nothing about?
[014] :{S} A group of sharp-looking travelers came through here recently.
They said they were looking for an island called Lemuria.
{M} That island that group was asking about sounded familiar for some
reason... Grandpa used to tell me stories about a treasure island
when I was young. Was that the place?
[015] :{S} Is there by any chance a girl named Jenna with you?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Ah! Those people must have been looking for you! There were four
of them, and they looked weatherworn, but they had an amazing
ship.
-(No)
Oh... Well, if you run across anyone named Jenna, let her know
Isaac is looking for her. You look like you travel a lot.
Maybe you'll run across this Jenna somewhere.
--------------------------------------------
{M} I wonder why those travelers were in such a hurry... They looked
so severe... You'd think they carried the fate of the world
on their shoulders.
[016] :{S} I don't think the mayor ever got that boat of his fixed,
either... Got tired of waiting. I guess he's going back out again
as soon as he finds enough people to fix it himself.
{M} Why would anyone be happy to have a broken boat?
[017] :{S} I thought Shin and the others were lying, but after seeing what
I saw, I'd believe anything. They called it Psynergy and said
it can change water into ice.
{M} Madra is always so hot. If there were some way to create ice,
it would be so... cool.
[018] :{S} Say, Piers, there was another group of travelers with powers
similar to your own. What are the odds that we should meet two
groups with these amazing abilities?
{M} Is turning water to ice really such a special power?
[019] :{S} Everyone here in Madra is afraid of the Kibombo now.
Do they scare you, too?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
I saw the fear in your eyes the instant I said "Kibombo."
Don't get worked up, though. We caught sight of a Kibombo
smoke signal that said they had given up their warlike ways.
-(No)
You must have heard their proclamation... We only just caught
sight of their smoke signals... They have announced a truce!
--------------------------------------------
{M} We're still recovering from the Kibombo raid... It's no small
wonder people are still afraid...
[ Buildings ]
Innkeeper1:{S} Are you worried about all the fish that have been washing up dead
on the shore?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
No need to worry. Those fish all died farther out in the bay.
The fish we cook here at the inn are caught fresh from our pier.
-(No)
No?! I suppose you'd be happy if the fish up and vanished, huh?
They're dying because the ocean temperatures are rising, but
no one is doing anything about it...
--------------------------------------------
{M} I've never seen a single customer get sick fro our fish!
Not a single one... I've never served rotten old fish in my life!
I only use the finest, freshest ingredients in my cuisine.
Innkeeper2:{S} Has someone been telling you that we've been serving up the dead
fish found on the beaches? Outrageous! We go to great pains to
serve only the finest fresh fish to our customers.
{M} Someone must have seen me burying the dead fish. I'll bet that's
where the rumor started.
Employee :{S} One of our guests kept asking for a weapon that he could use to
slay a great sea monster...He kept mentioning this trident thing,
but we couldn't help him.
{M} It must be a very strange monster if one needs a unique weapon
to fight it.
[004] :{S} I guess that a lot of dead fish have been washing ashore all over
the eastern seacoast. It's kind of sad... Imagine how much money
we could have made if we'd caught them.
{M} If I had a boat we could use, now would be a great time to make
some money. We'd just need to take our nets and scoop up whatever
we find...
[005] :{S} I've heard that the rising ocean temperatures mean that a volcano
is forming under the sea.
{M} Hm... I wonder if the tidal wave might have been caused by an
undersea eruption...
-----
[006] :{S} Since things are finally calming down in Madra, our people are
ready to get down to business. They seem to have thought up a
business plan that makes use of Isaac's power.
{M} The business plan our people have come up with is supposed to
make us rich. I guess it must be a brilliant plan.
[007] :{S} There's talk of might travelers who passed by here recently.
I wish I could have met them. It seems they had powers no one
has ever seen before. I bet those powers could be profitable.
{M} What if we just traveled with Isaac to show off his powers...
We could make loads of cash!
-----
[Item Sis]:{S} I've told my sister not to worry about Shin. He's tough.
At least... he usually is...
{M} Shin's normally so kind and gentle. I hope he gets over
whatever's bothering him.
-----
[009] :{S} My husband relishes those rare mushrooms growing in the Gondowan
cliffs. I wish someone would bring some back for him.
{M} My poor husband's getting old... Those cliffs care him now.
In his prime, he'd have scrambled up those cliffs in no time
for a mushroom.
[010] :{S} How are we to climb the cliffs between here and Gondowan?
If someone would just drop some ropes down from the top,
it wouldn't be a problem.
* - If you offer the Laughing Fungus:
[010]: Oh, my... Is... Is that...
[009]: Is that one of his most favorite mushrooms!?
[010]: No, dear... They look similar, but these aren't quite
right. Thanks for bringing this by, but it's just not
the type of mushroom we like...
[009]: Please... Won't you please try to find the mushrooms
my husband loves so much?
* - If you offer the Healing Fungus:
[010]: Oh, my... Is... Is that...
[009]: Is that one of his most favorite mushrooms!?
[010]: Did you climb all the way up those cliffs just to get
that mushroom for us?
[009]: That's the nicest thing anyone has ever done for me.
I have to thank you for this!
[010]: But what could I have that a warrior like you would want?
[009]: That's a tricky one...
* - They head upstairs and return with a Mars Djinni.
[009]: I don't know if you want a pet, but this is all we can
offer. Take care of it!
GAME : Felix found the Mars Djinni Char!
[010]: I can't wait for dinner tonight. Batter-fried mushrooms!
Mmm!
[009]: This here's enough of a mushroom that we'll be eating it
for days!
{M} I'm dying for some of those Gondowan mushrooms, but I can't ever
reach them.
* - After offering the Healing Fungus:
[009] :{S} This here's enough of a mushroom that we'll be eating it for
days!
{M} These mushrooms will make any meal taste amazing!
[010] :{S} I can't wait for dinner tonight. Batter-fried mushrooms! Mmm!
{M} The more I think about dinner tonight, the more I drool...
-----
[011] :{S} One of the sailors, Isaac, was very curious about Piers's ship.
A little TOO curious. It looked like he had a similar boat,
almost identical to Piers's.
{M} We've had a lot of strange visitors ever since Piers showed up.
[012] :{S} Some sailors came through recently with a ship similar to
Piers's. I'd never seen one before, and now they're everywhere.
Are they new?
{M} Oars, I understand. Hey, I'll even give a sailboat a try...
But there's no way I'm setting foot on a ship powered by some
fool magic thingie.
-----
Healer :{S} I've noticed lately that the temperature of the ocean has been
slowly rising. It is a bad omen, I say. Be wary if you plan to
set sail soon.
{M} I knew the temperatures were rising slowly over time. But now,
it's plain to see that the temperatures are rising at a
dramatically higher rate.
[014] :{S} The ocean's been warming up a lot, and we're seeing lots of
dead fish washing up on shore. At this rate, there aren't going
to be any fish left for us to catch for food.
{M} Our new ship is spectacular, but if we can't find some new
fishing spots, it does us no good at all. Tidal waves, raids on
our town, and now the warming ocean waters... What's going on?
[015] :{S} When the ocean warms, the Eastern Sea beckons... Seek for the
center, the legends say. These legends are known to nearly every
sailor. It would be wise for you to remember it, too.
{M} Seafaring towns know many more legends of the sea... But a few
of the sailors passing through here have told their share of
stories of the salty sea.
-----
[016] :{S} I wonder if the Kibombo have truly set aside their spears and
returned to peace...
{M} The salesman that just came back from Gondowan claims the Kibombo
are peaceful now... But if we relax, we won't be ready for their
next attack.
[017] :{S} Our salesman said Kibombo's ceremony is done, and he claims that
they're peaceful again. I'll be so relieved if what he said
turns out to be true.
{M} The continent shift makes it feel like we're sharing backyards
with the Kibombo... We'd be so happy if we could live in peace
without having to fear their spears.
-----
* - Elder and mayor's residence:
Elder :{S} We just have to finish repairs on that boat we left in Alhafra...
We've had several meetings already, discussing our next course of
action.
{M} Why won't the mayor of Alhafra repair our boat? If we could get
that ship, Madra would embark on a voyage to prosperity...
Mayor :{S} I know you went to a lot of trouble to get us that boat, but we
just had to give up on it. We couldn't just sit and wait in
Alhafra until the thing got fixed.
{M} All of this could have been avoided if the people of Alhafra's
offer to repair the boat was genuine. Now, I refuse to let that
boat fall into the hands of Alhafra and its mayor.
Mayor Wife:{S} I'm so relieved Piers got his jewel back.
{M} I can't believe it... Despite all my worrying, they got that
jewel back like it was nothing.
Elder Dau :{S} I can't believe Piers actually went all the way to Kibombo to get
his jewel back. That's so... dashing!
{M} I felt a little responsible for Piers losing his jewel. I'm so
happy he got it back!
Mayor Son :{S} I like you guys a lot. I'm sad that you're leaving.
{M} I wish they'd tell me all about their adventures!
Mayor Dau :{S} My daddy went to Gondowan, and all I got was nothing.
{M} I'm so glad Daddy got home safely.
Elder Wife:{S} Gondowan is such an awful, dangerous place... I never imagined
for a second that Piers would make it back here safely.
{M} Piers said he was going to Gondowan alone, but now he has some
friends with him. That's nice. If he'd been all alone, I'm sure
he would have been eaten by monsters.
-----
* - Prison:
Guard 1 :{S} When Isaac and his party heard about Piers, they seemed shocked.
They said they were going to follow you to Gondowan.
{M} So, this Piers fellow must be a friend of Isaac... Why else
would they go all the way to Gondowan for him?
Guard 2 :{S} * - He approaches a puddle.
Uhhhnnn... UHHHNNN!
* - He backs up.
They told me that you make Psynergy by focusing your mind...
I've been focusing nonstop for days, but do you see any ice? No!
* - 2nd+ time:
How can anyone just create ice by thinking about it? I mean,
imagine how much power you'd have if you could just think,
and things happened!
{M} I knew I should have asked them how to make ice...
Man 1 :{S} Shin's developed a terrible fear of the cold. He's afraid of
being turned into a block of ice. Tell Piers to cool it with the
ice routine, OK?
{M} I understand why Shin's scared of Piers, but I think he might be
overdoing it.
Shin :{S} Oh! Piers! After the way we treated you, I thought you'd never
come to Madra again! I know we were not very nice to you
before... I hope you can forgive us.
{M} Even the sound of the name "Piers" sends a chill down my spine.
[ Madra Catacombs ]
* - Next to the other entrance above-ground:
Girl :{S} It seems no one is really happy that the mayor got this grand,
new ship. The poor mayor...
{M} Our mayor's done so little for us up until now... We should
at least thank him for the boat.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'22] --- [Indra] --- [01'22] #$#
#$#$# East Indra Shore #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - If Madra has not yet been revisited:
Piers : My ship! At long last... I have returned to my ship.
Kraden : Well, Piers?
Piers : I'm thrilled... I'm just happy to be back with my ship.
Sheba : Uh, that's not what Kraden's asking...
Jenna : You forgot, didn't you, Piers? When we talked in Kibombo?
Remember what Kraden asked?
Sheba : He wanted you to take us to your home... To Lemuria.
Jenna : Remember how we said we'd talk about it later? Well, it's later now,
Piers.
Piers : Oh... Is it? I suppose we have to talk about it sooner or later.
You shall have your answer.
Kraden : Piers... if you do not wish to take us, you do not have to.
Just tell me honestly. And if not, well, we'll just have to
get ourselves a boat and find our own way to Lemuria.
Right, Felix?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Jenna : What's with the guilt trip? Piers hasn't even given us his answer
yet!
Sheba : Kraden! Felix! Stop trying to pressure Piers!
-(No)
Jenna : Sheba is right! You guys just let Piers give us his answer!
Sheba : I agree with Felix. We shouldn't try to pressure Piers, Kraden.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : But that's not what I was--
Piers : Don't worry, Sheba... I've actually been thinking about this
quite a bit. I just never got the opportunity to mention it before.
Kraden : Well? Well!? It's not nice to test the patience of an old man.
Will you take us or not?
Piers : We will go to Lemuria, Kraden.
Kraden : I figured it was too much to... What did you just say!?
Piers : I will take you to Lemuria.
* - Kraden appears shocked.
Jenna : Kraden? Are you OK?
* - His body seems to shake as he nods.
Piers : Is he OK!?
Kraden : Piers! Are you... Are you serious?
Piers : After what we've been through, it would be wrong to deny you.
That's what made up my mind.
Sheba : What's what made up your mind?
Piers : The fact that you are truly good people. You have gone to great
trouble to help one whose problems needn't have concerned you...
Witnessing that kindness... It made me want to help, too.
Jenna : Piers, you...
Piers : No, Jenna. Please, don't say a word. I've made up my mind.
I shall be leaving immediately, but I want you to come, Kraden.
Let us set sail, Felix! To my ship! And the Eastern Sea!
Kraden : So at long last I will finally reach Lemuria...
Sheba : I wonder what kind of advanced civilization we'll find in Lemuria...
Jenna : I'm actually excited to find out!
* - Piers seems concerned about something.
Jenna : What's wrong, Piers?
Piers : It just occurred to me... The mayor of Madra and his wife must be
worried about me. I'd feel bad if I didn't let them know I was
all right before leaving Indra. We should go tell them that I've
retrieved me orb. Then they wouldn't have to worry.
Is that acceptable, Felix? Can we stop by Madra briefly before
we leave for Lemuria?
Kraden : What do you say, Felix? Shall we go see the mayor?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : I have no objection, so why not? Let's go.
-(No)
Kraden : Don't worry about me. I've waited this long. I can wait a little
longer. Let's go see the mayor!
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : But we must depart as soon as we're done at the mayor's house,
Piers.
Piers : Oh, thank you!
* - If you try to board the ship:
Piers : Then let's waste no time! We should set out for Madra at once!
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Ship - Main deck #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
* - After having visited Madra:
Piers : At last, I'm back on my ship. Finally, I can return to my beloved
Lemuria. Wait there a moment.
* - He uses the Black Crystal to open a previously-sealed door.
Piers : To set sail, we must go down to the power chamber belowdecks.
Let's head down.
* - Inside, the ship has been swarmed with "Aqua Jelly" (squid) monsters.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Ship - First room #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
Bookcase :{O} It looks like there's a captain's logbook in here.
There's something about an unreported trip to Lemuria in here...
I guess they were rushed.
Wardrobe :{O} It's pleasantly cool.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Ship - Power chamber #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
Piers : How did all these monsters get on board? I could swear I locked the
door when I left... It doesn't matter. Once get this ship moving,
I'm sure they'll all jump ship. OK, now, I must set the black orb
into this pedestal.
* - As he does so, the room lights up and the ship moves.
Everyone heads above deck.
Piers : Take the tiller, Felix!
* - Felix doesn't quite seem to know what that would be.
Pier : If you hope to reach Lemuria, you'll have to learn a few things
about handling a ship. I think we ought to sail the Eastern Sea
until you get the hang of it.
Sheba : Kraden, shouldn't we be heading straight for Lemuria?
Kraden : Well, I suppose if we have to learn to sail, it's better to do it
sooner than later...
Jenna : Then I want to go to Lalivero! And Tolbi! Oh! And Vale!
Can we go to Vale?
Piers : I'd love to see your hometown, Jenna! Shall we? Let's do it!
To Vale we go!
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : I don't think that's a good idea.
-(No)
Kraden : I'm with Felix. I don't think that would be wise course of action.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Piers : Come, now! Why not?
Kraden : Think about the roads we have traveled to get where we are...
Sheba : I can't... I was never any good at geography.
Kraden : Then allow me to explain... The coastline of Angara, the continent
in which Vale lies, is surrounded by rocky cliffs.
Jenna : Oh... You don't think Piers's boat could land there?
Kraden : And as for Gondowan, I would guess the people from Lalivero are...
looking for us.
Sheba : He's right. Saturos and Menardi went a little wild in Lalivero,
and you were all with them.
Jenna : Oh... But Sheba can explain the situation for us. Faran and the
Laliverans would understand, I'm sure.
Sheba : And then they'd make me stay in Lalivero! Would you just leave me
there, Felix?
Jenna : Oh yeah... Maybe that wouldn't be such a good idea after all...
Kraden : Then it's decided!
Piers : What's decided?
Kraden : The sea is vast... We can go wherever we please! So, let's explore
a bit, Felix!
Sheba : That's a great idea! We've already met werewolves and discovered
new Psynergy.
* - She mentions werewolves even if Garoh was not visited.
Sheba : I'm sure there's even more out there waiting for us to find it!
Jenna : Wow! This is going to be great!
Piers : Hmm... The seas can be quite dangerous. It won't be my fault if
something happens, Kraden.
Kraden : To the open sea, Felix!
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'23] --- [Great Eastern Sea] --- [01'23] #$#
#$#$# Apojii Islands #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Aqua Stone #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
* - Upon using Douse on the stone, it shines and a rains quickly starts to fall.
A current of Psynergetic energy makes its way to Aqua Rock across the sea,
causing five moai statues to move aside, unblocking a path.
[007] : What... What just happened? That rock couldn't have heard my
wishes... That's impossible! It's got to be. Well, OK then...
Maybe we should try putting some more of our wishes into the rock.
* - Note: This man has been fascinated with Aqua Rock/Stone/Island for a while.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Outside ]
[001] :{S} This is Apojii, the easternmost island in the Eastern Sea!
Wherever you're from, you've come a long way. You must be here
to see Gaia Falls!
{M} Looking over Gaia Falls really makes you feel small and
insignificant.
[002] :{S} I don't know what brings you to Apojii, but you'd better not be
planning anything stupid.
{M} Apojii has so many nice sights... Gaia Falls to the east, and
Aqua Rock to the south.
[003] :{S} Whatever you do, don't sail out to the eastern edge of the sea...
That's where the world ends. No one knows where the falls go,
but you won't come back!
{M} The currents near Apojii run swiftly because we're so near to
Gaia Falls.
[004] :{S} On Aqua Island, you can see the guardian moai. Because of the
moai, no one can climb the craggy mountain.
{M} Why would anyone build a guardian statue out on Aqua Island?
What's to guard?
[005] :{S} Have you any idea what it's like living on the edge of the world?
One wrong step, and down you go!
{M} Well, at least Gaia Falls will put an end to a few silly
arguments. After all, if it's got an edge and you can fall of it,
the world is clearly FLAT!
[006] :{S} The huge waterfall at the edge of the world is known as Gaia
Falls.
{M} All of the ocean's water is spilling over Gaia Falls...
Where does it all go? And more importantly, what happens
when all the water's gone over the edge?
[007] :{S} If there's nothing on Aqua Island, then what are those moai
guarding, anyway?
{M} Aqua Rock must be the secret hidden on Aqua Island. One day,
I'll have to scale its peak.
[008] :{S} Do you think if you fall off of Gaia Falls that you keep on
falling forever and ever?
{M} I wonder where I'd be if I fell off Gaia Falls... I'd like to
know, but I don't want to find out firsthand!
[009] :{S} When they come of age, all the men of Apojji go to Aqua Island.
Will I, too?
{M} Aqua Island is supposed to be dangerous, but that's why I want
to go!
[ Buildings ]
Innkeeper1:{S} Wow! You look just like the guy who showed up in the fancy boat.
He slept for a long time... He must've had a really long trip.
{M} I'm sure that boat is quite comfortable... But no matter how nice
your boat is, you can't beat sleeping in a nice, dry bed on land.
Innkeeper2:{S} You guys aren't the warriors who came in that boat, are you?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Hmm... A while ago, some others came in a boat much like yours...
I'm sure back on the mainland that those boats are all very
popular, aren't they?
-(No)
It's not nice to tease an old lady! If that's not your boat,
then how did you get here?
--------------------------------------------
{M} Those guys on the other boat must have been pretty well off...
-----
[General] :{S} It'd be nice if we could import some items that our visitors
would like.
{M} No one ships to Garapas so I wonder if wares are scarce.
On the other hand, I suppose some wares are unique to Garapas.
-----
[004] :{S} He's too old to try now, but my husband used to dream of scaling
Aqua Rock.
{M} He always wanted to climb to the peak of the mountain on Aqua
Rock. But he spent all his time studying that Aqua Stone instead.
I always wondered why.
[005] :{S} That old Aqua Stone is supposed to be the key to getting onto
Aqua Island.
{M} You unlock the Aqua Stone by making it damp, but splashing
springwater [sic] on it won't work.
-----
G. Healer :{S} This little island must seem quite boring to you sophisticated
mainlander types. But we have our share of hardships and trials.
{M} Whenever visitors come out, the islanders start to complain about
their lives. But they don't realize that they live better here
than they ever could in Osenia.
[007] :{S} I'd love to go to the mainland. I want to go somewhere without
any ocean!
{M} I wonder what it's like, standing in the middle of a vast ocean
of grass or sand.
[008] :{S} I'm sick of living on this boring island paradise!
Ah! Does thinking that make me a bad person?
{M} Maybe they'll take me with them if I ask for a job! I can swab a
mean deck!
-----
[009] :{S} There's this guy in town who spends his time at the spring,
staring at the Aqua Stone.
{M} I just wish he's spend some time at home. I'm fed up with his
nonsense!
[010] :{S} Why does my father keep staring at that rock every day?
{M} I can't ever tell what kind of mood Mom and Dad are in.
At least they're not fighting.
-----
[011] :{S} I absolutely refuse to let my son swim in the ocean until he is
an adult.
{M} I sink like a rock. It always embarrasses my son to see me try
to swim. I'm afraid he's no better than I am, but he still wants
to practice and get better!
[012] :{S} The currents around Apojii are just too strong to let children
swim on their own. They're too strong for a lot of the adults,
too... They can just wash a person away!
{M} Poor boy...His father sinks like a rock, and I know it's genetic.
So he's not allowed to swim!
[013] :{S} Hey, mister! Did you know that all the kids are calling you
their hero?
{M} Wow! He swam in the ocean and survived the currents!
And he's looking at me!
[014] :{S} I'm not allowed to go into the ocean.
{M} It's stupid that I'm not allowed to swim just because Dad doesn't
know how... Someday, I'll show him... I'll show them all!
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'24] --- [Great Eastern Sea] --- [01'24] #$#
#$#$# Aqua Rock #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Pedestal before final area #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
[game] : It's a column with a spot where you can place something.
* - Choosing to place the Aquarius Stone, acquired in Rock, results in
the water between the two ledges to the north being parted, leading to...
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Final area #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
[game] : Felix checked the tablet. It has strange characters carved on it.
Wielder of Water's strength... Lay your hands upon this stone.
If th'art worthy, the power to drain away the standind water shall
be yours.
Piers : Water's strength, huh? That sounds like my sort of thing,
doesn't it?
* - Felix nods.
[game] : Piers tried to touch the stone slate.
* - It rises into the air, as does Piers as the tablet's energy surrounds him.
[game] : Piers learned Parch.
* - Water suddenly fills up the space around the ledge on which they stand,
cutting off access to the rock ladders that led from another ledge,
into the space, and up to the current ledge.
Piers : What went wrong? What are we going to do, Felix? Maybe our power
is being tested.
* - Indeed; the water must be evaporated via Parch.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'25] --- [Great Eastern Sea] --- [01'25] #$#
#$#$# Izumo & Gaia Rock #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Northwesternmost building #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - A girl sits on the floor, in tears. Hearing Felix's footsteps, she mistakes
him for another individual.
Kushinada : Susa, don't come for me...If I see you, I'll surely lose the courage
to sacrifice myself for Izumo. If I run, Lady Uzume and all of Izumo
will suffer greatly... Please... Don't come for me. Lady Uzume has
foretold the coming of a hero, and I believe her... And so I shall
remain here, until the coming of the next full moon... and the hero.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Uzume's residence #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
Uzume : Susa's not here. I believe he went to Mt. Mikage. He believes he
can save Kushinada, and so he has gone to fight the serpent.
He truly believes he can defeat the Great Serpent of Mikage.
It's all for naught, though, as a hero will certainly appear and
destroy the great serpent. If the serpent defeats Susa, I'll...
be alone.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Outside ]
[001] :{S} We've had a lot of trouble here in Izumo lately. I don't want to
scare you, but... you should leave, and fast. Right now.
Seriously. Run.
{M} The Great Serpent of Mikage has awakened...What does it all mean?
That dragon is the guardian of the island, so why is it treating
us so cruelly?
[002] :{S} Lady Uzume doesn't want to sacrifice Kushinada. But that's the
only way to appease the serpent...
{M} I'm sure that kindhearted Lazy Uzume doesn't want to sacrifice
anyone.
[003] :{S} Choosing the next sacrifice by lottery seems such a harsh method.
I am far too old to understand the ideas of these modern times.
They seem far too extreme.
{M} Sacrifices as great as this should not be determined by chance
alone...
[004] :{S} The daughters of the family in that home requested that we use
a lottery to choose the victims.
{M} Kushinada's always had bad luck at games of chance. I'll bet
those girls were counting on it.
Okuni :{S} My name's Okuni. I'm a great dancer... Except I don't feel
much like dancing these days.
{M} I'm not going to be sacrificed, but that doesn't mean I'm happy.
My dear friend Kushinada doesn't deserve this, either...
[006] :{S} Susa's going to try to kill the serpent and save his beloved
Kushinada. He's so fearless!
{M} What if losing Kushinada makes Susa return to his wild ways?
I hope he fights the serpent... If he loses, at least he won't
have to bear living without Kushinada.
[007] :{S} A brave warrior will appear to defeat the serpent by the next
full moon... It's just a legend, though. No one believes that.
No one.
{M} Why won't anybody listen to Lady Uzume? They've always trusted
her, at least up until now...
[008] :{S} As a child, Susa was as wild as could be and brought his elder
sibling, Lady Uzume, much strife. Kushinada is the one who tamed
his wild ways. Of course, no one wants to see her sacrificed.
{M} Lady Uzume loves her brother dearly... I'm sure she'd take
Kushinada's place if she could.
[009] :{S} See this ring of giant stones? They've been here for ages. No one
knows who put them here. See how they make this beautiful circle?
Except for that one, right?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Susa moved it... He didn't even use his hands. He surely holds
the secrets to a great power.
-(No)
You're... not terribly observant, are you?
--------------------------------------------
{M} Why does Lady Uzume have me guarding these ruins? What a waste
of time...
* - After moving the misplaced stone into its proper place:
The misaligned stone! It's back in its original position!
How did this happen!? Hmmm... Either Susa or Kushinada must have
moved it when I wasn't looking.
* - It's a reasonable assumption because, due to where it was,
it could only be moved via Psynergy.
Regarding the stone's purpose, a tile slides aside with all
stones in place, thus allowing access to a ladder that leads
to Izumo Ruins, wherein lies the Ulysses summon tablet.
The tile can only be seen with Reveal.
{S} Can you imagine what it must be like to have the power to move
stones without touching them? That anyone should possess that
power is truly amazing.
* - In front of the building where Kushinada is:
Guard 1 :{S} Even if Susa tried to rescue Kushinada, she wouldn't just
run away with him. I think she still believes that a hero will
appear and defeat the serpent. That must be it.
{M} Lady Uzume says that a hero would appear, but I don't know...
There's no hero coming... If Susa came running past me with
Kushinada, I wouldn't stop them.
Guard 2 :{S} Yeah, Susa came through here on his way to save Kushinada.
The jerk knocked me flat and just kept on going... He was
totally wild...
{M} You know, I can't stand Susa, but I understand how he feels.
Kushinada's a really sweet girl.
[ Buildings ]
Innkeeper1:{S} Of course, I knew the legend of the great serpent... Everyone
does! But I didn't believe it! Sacrificing a young girl to the
serpent year after year? It's too cruel to be true!
{M} Things like this are really going to hurt the inn... get get few
enough travelers as it is!
Innkeeper2:{S} If I were younger, I might have been the sacrifice... Ahh...
It's so horrible!
{M} What does that serpent plan on doing with those young women?
Surely, it doesn't intend to marry all of them!
-----
[General] :{S} Izumo's leaders have always possessed certain special powers.
Always. And let me tell you, the combined power of Susa and
Lazy Uzume is stunning to see.
{M} The power that Lady Uzume and Susa possess comes from their
ancestors. It cannot be learned, and it cannot be imitated.
[004] :{S} One day, Kushinada put on a display of power so great that it
almost rivaled Susa's! It's such a shame... I really wanted to
see how strong she might have become.
{M} It was the day those bright rocks fell from the sky...That's when
Kushinada gained her powers.
-----
[005] :{S} What I want to know is, what caused our legendary guardian to
awaken?
{M} The serpent is only supposed to awaken if the land is in
grave danger. I wonder what calamity is going to befall us...
[006] :{S} The Dragonsbane seems to have put the serpent under... but for
how long?
{M} The serpent will drink as much Dragonsbane as it can find,
right down to the last drop. Nobody knows why they like it
so much, considering how much it weakens them... It must be
like catnip to them.
[007] :{S} I am old, and I've had enough of this world. Why wouldn't I make
a good sacrifice for the dragon?
{M} Our guardian serpent is really just a dragon. Why do dragons
always want maiden sacrifices?
[008] :{S} The serpent can't stand sunlight, so it only shows up in the
village at night. Just as the legend says.
{M} There's no way to get sunlight into the serpent's cave on
Mt. Mikage. Just no way...
[009] :{S} A while back, the volcano erupted on the mainland. We saw
brilliant flashes of light to the west. The great dragon awoke
shortly afterward. It caused a terrible panic through the island.
{M} I wonder if all the recent disasters aroused the dragon from his
slumber on the mountain.
[010] :{S} I can't find my dagger... I had it earlier... Where did it--
I wonder if Susa...
{M} According to legend, that's the only thing that can put the
serpent back to sleep. As for the dagger... I'll bet Susa's
planning on using it to save Kushinada.
-----
[011] :{S} I'm so relieved that I'm not this year's sacrifice, but what
happens next year?
{M} I only suggested this lottery idea because I didn't want to be
sacrificed. It looks like Kushinada really does have bad luck,
like everyone says...
[012] :{S} Okuni, Kushinada, and Lady Uzume all drew in the lottery to
choose the next sacrifice with us... I can't believe we drew
Kushinada. Is that chance? Fate? I guess you never know...
{M} Susa's been so sad all the time, ever since Kushinada was
named the next sacrifice. I never liked the old, wild Susa,
but he's so different now. Maybe I can be his new girlfriend.
[013] :{S} If Lady Uzume's name had been drawn in the lottery, would she
have been the next sacrifice?
{M} Lady Uzume's been able to focus on governing Izumo lately.
I think it's because Susa's calmed down.
-----
G. Healer :{S} Why would our guardian spirit demand a sacrifice?
It's inexcusable! A true guardian would never require
such a cruel tribute.
{M} If only I possessed the power to prevent this from happening.
Please grant me strength...
[015] :{S} When I get older, I might have to be a sacrifice, too...
...What's a sacrifice?
{M} Nobody wants to be a sacrifice, so a sacrifice must be something
pretty scary.
[016] :{S} *Sniff* How could we sacrifice our beloved Kushinada?
It's not fair!
{M} I don't want the serpent of Mt. Mikage to eat Kushinada.
Oh, won't somebody help her?
-----
* - Uzume's residence.
Uzume :{S} If the serpent defeats Susa, I'll... be alone.
{M} I pray that our guardian's anger is not aroused and that Susa
will be protected...
Drummer 1 :{S} The serpent ate all our food and vanished into the darkness.
It ruined the festival.
{M} Before the serpent ate all our food, it was a terror to behold...
But afterwards? He wasn't so bad. No doubt about it, that serpent
sure knows good food when he eats it.
Drummer 2 :{S} The serpent lives on Mt. Mikage. In our tongue, its original name
meant "the undying mountain." As long as the serpent lives on its
peak, I doubt the serpent will ever die, either.
{M} Legend has it that Mt. Mikage is enshrouded by a mysterious
power. I wonder if that's the source of the serpent's eternal
life.
Dancer 1 :{S} There's no point dancing if Okuni's not here...
{M} Okuni's such a great dancer. It's just so much more fun
when she's here to dance with us.
Dancer 2 :{S} The serpent attacked the town one night during a festival.
It didn't leave until it had eaten all of the food we'd prepared
for our feast...
{M} The serpent would eat up anything we put in front of it!
Its hunger knows no bounds.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'26] --- [Great Eastern Sea] --- [01'26] #$#
#$#$# Gaia Rock #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Mountaintop #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
Altar :{O} I'm... sensing something...
* - Using Reveal, the "Dancing Idol" (an animate doll) appears.
Altar :{O} I can't feel anything...
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Interior - 1st room #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
Altar :{O} It looks like something can be placed here.
* - Putting the Dancing Idol on the altar caused the two dragon head statues
to move aside, each revealing a pathway.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Interior - Throughout #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - Four beams of sunlight are cast through holes in the room's floor, thus
hitting orbs in the Great Serpent's lair and refracting onto the beast;
light weakens it.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Great Serpent's lair #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
* - Susa is standing by the serpent, which has been drinking Dragonsbane (a type
of water that dragons seem to quite enjoy, despite the harm it causes them).
Susa : At last... The serpent has finally had its fill. This is the chance
I'd hoped for. I will defeat you before the next full moon and
rescue Kushinada myself!
* - He draws his sword.
Susa : All right, you so-called guardian! Let's see what you've got!
* - He lunges at it, but it doesn't so much as flinch.
but the dragon turns to stone, thus receiving no damage.
Susa tries again after the stone fades to flash, but the event repeats.
Susa : That's weird... It didn't even react...
* - It spits out a fireball at Susa, knocking him to the ground.
Susa : Feeding the serpent Dragonsbane isn't weakening it enough for me to
beat it!
* - Before approaching the dragon:
Susa :{S} I'm done for... That dragon has finished me off...
{M} Who do they think they are? I'm the only one who can save
Kushinada.
* - After defeating the Great Serpent:
Kraden : It looks like the dragon is in bad shape, but it doesn't seem like
it's close to dying...
Susa : Even though the serpent's been defeated, I can't rest! Be still,
serpent, and I will grant you peace.
* - He lunges at the beast; this time, it is too weak to defend, and dies.
Susa : With this, Kushinada's life has been spared. You have my sincerest
thanks.
* - He starts to leave.
Kraden : Where are you going?
Susa : To Kushinada, of course.
* - He departs. Felix's group begins to as well, but stop as a tablet rises
from the sands near the felled dragon.
[game] : Felix searched the slate. There is an inscription. Wielder of
Earth's might, Lay [sic] your hands upon this tone. I shall grant
thee the power to melt into the earth, the power of Sand!
Kraden : Wielder of Earth's might... That'd be you, Felix. Touch it.
Go on, don't worry!
* - Felix nods.
[game] : Felix touched the rock.
* - It rises into the air, as does Felix as the tablet's energy surrounds him.
[game] : Felix learned Sand.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Exterior #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
* - Susa is lying on the ground.
Susa : I'm not dying...I'm just so tired...I'm going to lie down for a bit.
Susa :{S} If you're going to Izumo, tell my sister that I'm still alive.
{M} I really got worked over, but as long as Kushinada's safe,
it was worth it.
* - When leaving, Susa speaks again.
Susa : You're going to tell Kushinada that you defeated the serpent,
aren't you?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Susa : Ha ha ha! Of course! That's exactly what happened!
-(No)
Susa : Please, you were the ones to defeat it, so you should be honest and
accept credit.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Susa :{M} Kushinada's safe... She's safe! Nothing else matters.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'27] --- [Great Eastern Sea] --- [01'27] #$#
#$#$# Izumo & Gaia Rock #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Uzume's residence #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - A man has informed Uzume and Kushinada of the recent events.
Uzume : Warriors appeared from within Mt. Mikage?
Man : Yes... After the serpent's road, these warriors appeared.
Uzume : So, it wasn't Susa who defeated the serpent, but those heroes...
Man : It might have been...
* - Uzume seems upset over the statement, given Kushinada's presence
(even though Uzume was the first to suggest it).
Man : Lady Kushinada, please forgive me...
* - Kushinada turns to Uzume.
Kushinada : I don't care who defeated the serpent... I'm more worried about
what happened to Susa.
Uzume : So, Susa never came down from Mt. Mikage?
Man : He returned to the village after the heroes appeared, and he knew
the serpent was defeated.
Kushinada : Oh, Susa...
* - Uzume notices Felix's group.
Uzume : Who are you? This is my home, and I am having a private
conversation. Leave at once!
* - The man seems concerned about Uzume's reaction.
Kushinada : What is it?
Man : There can be no doubt... These are the heroes who appeared on
Mt. Mikage.
Uzume : Are you the ones who defeated the serpent?
Kushinada : So it was you...
Uzume : My apologies... You are welcome here.
Kushinada : Who are you?
Kraden : I'm Kraden, and this is Felix. Behind him is Piers.
Piers : Pleased to meet you.
Jenna : I'm Jenna, and this is Sheba.
Kraden : We're on a quest. Our travels across the Great Eastern Sea
brought us here.
Kushinada : You were seen coming down from Mt. Mikage. What brought you to
such a dangerous place?
Sheba : To complete our quest, we need many types of Psynergy.
Uzume : Psynergy?
Kushinada : What is Psynergy?
Kraden : Psynergy is many things... The power to move things with one's mind,
to heal, to create.
Uzume : All with one's mind? Tell me, is it something like... this?
* - She demonstrates Move.
Uzume : Is that the power you're talking about?
* - The group seems quite surprised.
Jenna : That power? Lady Uzume?
Uzume : It's not mine alone. Kushinada and Susa possess it as well.
Kushinada : This is the power we possess. I assume you have something like it
yourselves?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kushinada : So, you call what we do "Psynergy," and you can do it, too?
-(No)
Kushinada : I thought so. Only those who can wield the power can see it.
And you did see it, didn't you?
Piers : Felix, there's no need to hide our abilities from them, is there?
Kushinada : So, you call what we do "Psynergy," and you can do it, too?
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kushinada : If you already have Psynergy, why do you need more of this power?
Susa : Their powers are different from our own. There seem to be many forms
of Psynergy.
* - Susa enters the building.
Uzume : Susa!
Kushinada : Susa... So, you lived after all, Susa...
Susa : Yes, I've survived, and I've made it home to you both.
Thanks to them, actually...
Uzume : Felix, our gratitude to you and your friends grows deeper each
passing moment.
Susa, you spoke of different types of power. Tell me, what did
you mean?
Susa : I can only describe what I saw, my sister. Ask Felix here about it.
Kraden : Ah, yes. Psynergy...I have dedicated most of my life to its study...
The power of Psynergy comes from the four basic forces of earth,
fire, water, and wind. These energies, the foundations of Alchemy,
are called "Elementals."
* - The others seem confused.
Kraden : You don't know Alchemy? The four elements? Why, they're the building
blocks of all matter on Weyard.
Susa : All existing matter comes from Alchemy and this Psynergy?
Kraden : Yes, that's right. Everything you see around you is some combination
of these elements.
Kushinada : Does this mean that there are as many types of Psynergy as there are
types of elements?
Kraden : That's right, Kushinada. You're a smart lass. Mt. Mikage was a place
of great earth powers. I'd imagine your powers are earth based.
Uzume : That's right, but how did you know this?
Piers : Kraden... Mt. Mikage is Gaia Rock, isn't it?
* - Kraden nods.
Uzume : ...Gaia Rock? Mt. Mikage is the sacred mount of our people!
Sheba : Yes, but there are many mountains like your Mt. Mikage all across
the Eastern Sea. Mt. Mikage is a source of earth power, and there-
fore, it must be Gaia Rock.
Susa : You have seen other mountains like our Mt. Mikage?
Jenna : Yes! In fact, it seems that each of these rocks contains a different
elemental power.
Kushinada : And now, you are questing to gather the power of these elements,
yes?
* - The group nods.
Uzume : And you only defeated the Great Serpent of Mikage to accomplish
this goal?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kushinada : Regardless of your motives, you have saved us all.
-(No)
Kushinada : You took pity on Kushinada/ You are very kind to help Susa, Felix.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : You're... not implying that we defeated the serpent, are you?
It's true that we did fight the creature...But without Susa's power,
the battle might not have ended so happily.
Susa : What... What are you--
Piers : Susa had given the beast a lot of Dragonsbane in order to weaken it.
Sheba : We could never have beaten the beast if it had not been in a...
weakened state.
Jenna : We were victorious only because Susa risked everything to weaken
the dragon.
Uzume : Susa, perhaps, after all, you are...
Susa : No, I didn't...
Sheba : Don't forget, Susa dealt the finishing blow, didn't he?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Susa : Finishing blow? All I did was stab it with the Cloud Brand.
-(No)
Susa : That's right. Piercing it with the Cloud Brand was hardly a
finishing blow.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : I disagree... You weakened the serpent. You dealt the final blow.
I'd say you were essential. So, Lady Uzume, wouldn't you say that
Susa deserves the reward for this feat? Even Felix agrees,
don't you, Felix?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Jenna : I do, too.
Sheba : We weren't fighting in hopes of getting a reward, were we?
Piers : We'll be satisfied just learning your Psynergy.
-(No)
Jenna : Are you asking for a reward? That's just plain greedy!
Sheba : We couldn't possibly take any sort of reward.
Piers : Learning new Psynergy will be reward enough.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : As you can see. Now, it's about time for us to leave Izumo Village.
Yes, indeed! We're on our way to Lemuria.
Kushinada : You're leaving so soon?
Kraden : We are in a great hurry.
Uzume : Then you must return to Izumo someday.
Jenna : I'm sure we'll be back once our mission is completed.
Kushinada : Excellent! I shall accept that as your oath!
Sheba : ...Oath? Oh, by promising to return, we'll be ensuring that our
quest will end successfully...
Piers : I understand... We must vow to return, everyone.
Uzume : We'll be waiting.
* - Upon exiting the house, Susa runs out.
Susa : Felix, wait! It troubled me to let you leave like this... I owe you
much for your help, but I didn't have any way to thank you...
And then I thought of something. You're a warrior, and warriors
need weapons. Wouldn't you agree?
-----------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
This token isn't something I possess. It's a legend, one that might
be of use to you. Long ago, the Great Serpent of Mikage would sleep
with its body crossing the river... Where its tail fell, the Cloud
Brand lay hidden. That's the legend, anyway. The serpent was once
the sword's protector, but it lost the sword many ages past. Anyway,
maybe you want to go check out the dragon again... I left something
there for you... just as a way of saying thank you.
Well, I've said what I came to say. I'm going back to Kushinada.
I hope you are successful in your quest.
-(No)
Are you sure about that? I was only hoping to show you my
appreciation.
* - Speaking to him again:
Would you be willing to accept a token of my gratitude?
--(Yes)
* - See: "This token isn't something I possess."
--(No)
Are you sure about that? I was only hoping to show you my
appreciation.
-----------------------------------------------
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Outside ]
[001] :{S} Those screams from Mt. Mikage... They must have come from the
serpent. That means Susa must have saved Kushinada!
{M} I had always thought Susa was nothing but a troublemaker,
but he's proven himself a hero now!
[002] :{S} Susa has changed so much from the wild youth we once feared.
He's saved our village.
{M} It's odd to think that so many in the village once despised
Susa...
[003] :{S} Susa has grown so much to fight for his beloved Kushinada so
gallantly.
{M} All the girls must be so relieved now that that awful lottery
has been ended forever.
[004] :{S} Susa has put the serpent back to rest, but not everyone seems
happy...
{M} Everyone's been wondering why the serpent wanted a sacrifice...
Was he lonely?
Okuni :{S} We're planning a festival to celebrate the end of the serpent's
reign of terror! Lady Uzume is paying for the whole thing, so
bring your dancin' feet!
{M} This celebration will rival the one that woke the serpent in the
first place!
[006] :{S} Kushinada has been spared? I'm thrilled beyond words! She did not
deserve such a fate...
{M} Kushinada is such a sweet girl. She should never have been chosen
in the lottery.
[007] :{S} Lady Uzume predicted that a great hero would appear to save
Kushinada. Nobody thought that hero would be Susa!
{M} So... Susa really was as much of a hero as Lady Uzume claimed...
How disappointing.
[008] :{S} I've heard people saying that Susa had the help of other
heroes... Are you they? [sic]
{M} What would make anyone want to race up Mt. Mikage and into the
serpent's lair?
* - [009]'s script is the same up until having moved the misaligned stone.
[009] :{S} But it's a festival! Why do I have to keep guarding the
stone circle?
{M} Susa did a momentous thing, battling the serpent. So why do I
not want to congratulate him?
* - In front of the building where Kushinada had been:
Guard 1 :{S} Did you hear how Susa defeated the serpent and rescued Kushinada?
How come she doesn't seem any happier now that she's free?
{M} Kushinada must be upset that Susa defied his sister and risked
his life for her. She worries about him so much.
Guard 2 :{S} If you're looking for Kushinada, Lady Uzume escorted her to
the mansion. Now that Susa has defeated the serpent, Kushinada
is no longer being held as a sacrifice.
{M} Lady Uzume and Kushinada are as close as sisters. It must be
nice...
* - Four of the residents from the third building are participating in the
celebratory festival. Three dance while one pounds the drums.
[012] :{S} We may never know what was responsible for waking the serpent
from its slumber...
{M} We need to figure out what woke the serpent...After the festival,
maybe...
[013] :{S} The serpent taught us one thing: Celebrate while you can, but
keep your eyes open!
{M} That Susa used my dagger to defeat the serpent. He would never
have won if not for that dagger! And he gets all the credit!
[014] :{S} Our island is safe at last! It's time for us to celebrate and
enjoy ourselves again!
{M} Dancing is good for the soul! Oooog... But too much dancing...
makes... me... dizzy.
[015] :{S} Lady Uzume and the others aren't really blood relatives.
Does that surprise you?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Well, they do possess a power no one else has... Maybe that means
they are siblings after all.
-(No)
I'm just glad that Lady Uzume used her powers for the good of
us all.
--------------------------------------------
{M} As long as we have Lady Uzume, Kushinada, and Susa here,
Izumo will be safe.
* - All three of the girls from the fourth building are participating in the
celebratory festival. Each dances.
[016] :{S} Dancing like this is pure bliss.
{M} A dragon, a hero, a damsel in distress... That's got all the
makings for a fairy tale...
[017] :{S} I wonder if there's someone out there who would sacrifice his
life for me. Will I ever find him?
{M} All anyone talks about is how Susa risked his life to save
Kushinada. I'm so jealous...
[018] :{S} Everyone says that Susa is the one to thank for returning peace
to our small village.
{M} Susa said the serpent wasn't all that tough... He makes quite a
dashing hero!
[ Buildings ]
Innkeeper1:{S} Briggs, from Champa, hasn't been by selling much fish lately,
so our menu's suffered.
{M} If Briggs's ship doesn't come soon, we won't be able to get any
seafood. Until them, all we'll have to eat is freshwater fish.
Innkeeper2:{S} As Lady Uzume foretold, the serpent was defeated without
returning to our village.
{M} I understand now! I had no idea why we were preparing all those
barrels. If not for those barrels, the serpent just might have
destroyed all of Izumo Village.
-----
[General] :{S} You must see many wonderful things traveling across the Eastern
Sea. How I'd love to travel like you and see such wonders.
{M} I'd love to travel the Great Eastern Sea and get things I can't
find here on the island.
[004] :{S} My goods are among the best on the island. I'm sure there are
things the people on the mainland would love to have.
{M} This may be a small island, but our craftsmanship is as good as
anything on the mainland. It may seem impossible now, but one
day I'll be trading with the shops in all the big cities.
-----
* - [005] to [010] have left, though only four of them appear outside.
-----
* - [011] to [013] have left, and are all outside.
-----
G. Healer :{S} Now that peace has been restored, our island is flourishing once
more. And I am most pleased that we had no need of any
sacrifices!
{M} I thank the powers that be that I was not chosen as a sacrifice.
* The Great Healer is male - the sacrifices had to be female.
[015] :{S} If you're a sacrifice, that means you have to marry the dragon,
right? I'd hate to think what it must be like, cooking for a
creature that big.
{M} That dragon wanted a new wife each and every year! He must really
like girls.
[016] :{S} Now that the serpent's been defeated, we don't have to sacrifice
anyone!
{M} Maybe now, Kushinada can come out and play. What should we do,
though?
-----
* - Uzume's residence.
Uzume :{S} If you have time, won't you enjoy a little of our celebratory
festival?
* - Upon offering the Dancing Idol:
Ah... Could it be? Is this the dancing doll of Mt. Mikage?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
You found this at the peak of Mt. Mikage?
-(No)
Don't lie to me. The style, the craftsmanship... You must have
found this on Mt. Mikage.
--------------------------------------------
Again, you have done more for me than I can properly reward you
for doing...
* - She contemplates a possible gift.
I think I may have something that might please you.
* - She summons a Mars Djinni.
This is my pet. It's very dear to me. I am unsure how it works,
but this fellow seems to magnify our power... Though it saddens
me to part with it, I would have you take him, as he might help
you... Felix and his friends have agreed to care for you from
now on. Please, accept this gift.
* - [game]: Felix found the Mars Djinni Coal!
* - Speaking to Uzume again:
With this dancing doll, I can explore Mt. Mikage on my own.
Take care, Felix.
{M} And what were you planning to do, once you'd read my mind, hm?
* - 2nd+ time:
Trying again, Felix? What a pest. You can see my mind, but
you are incapable of peering into my heart.
Kushinada :{S} Someday, Susa and I will have a son, and we will name him Takeru.
When he goes to sleep at night, I will tell him the story of your
great deeds and your quest.
{M} If Felix's descendants are ever in trouble, our Takeru will
rush to their aid.
Susa :{S} I'm sure you know the villagers believe I beat the serpent.
Don't let me take all the glory!
{M} I'm no hero, but that shouldn't stop anyone from treating me
like one.
Drummer 1 :{S} Lady Uzume has grown quite fond of this odd creature she found...
She's taken it as a pet.
{M} I heard that Lady Uzume's pet sometimesi [sic] disappears into
thin air... Sound [sic] a little bit like that cat I had when I
was little.
Drummer 2 :{S} Lady Uzume's new pet affects her powers in weird ways.
It doesn't do anything to us...
{M} I don't know what it means that Lady Uzume's pet increases her
power...But these kids have seen a lot of things I've never seen.
Maybe they understand...
Dancer 1 :{S} They've been saying that you went into Mt. Mikage, too...
Is that true?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
There's a legend about a doll of mysterious power hidden
somewhere in the mountain. I'm sure Lady Uzume would be very
pleased if you were to find it for her...
-(No)
Oh... There's an old legend about a dancing doll that has strange
powers hidden up there. Lady Uzume really wants that doll. Maybe
Susa will find it and bring it back for her...
--------------------------------------------
{M} Why does Lady Uzume want that dancing doll so badly?
Dancer 2 :{S} Supposedly, the doll has the power to move the statues that
block light inside the mountain.
{M} I wonder what sort of dance the doll does. I've love to see what
it looked like someday.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'28] --- [Angara] --- [01'28] #$#
#$#$# Champa #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Outside ]
[001] :{S} Oh, I'm so hungry... And there won't be anything to eat until
Briggs returns.
{M} Where could Briggs be wasting his time now?
[002] :{S} How did you find your way here, to the edge of Angara? Champa is
hidden by mountains. No one ever climbs over to see us, except
for the monks of the Fuchin Temple.
{M} Champa is all alone on the eastern edge of Angara. That's why we
took to the sea. We had to learn to fend for ourselves... That's
why we are seafaring people today.
[003] :{S} Eoleo, Briggs's son, has a really strange ability... I'll bet
if I keep practicing, I'll be able to do it, too, so I'm giving
it my all.
{M} If I could pick up things without using my hands, life would be
so much easier.
[004] :{S} Once Briggs comes back, I can play with Eoleo again...
I hope they come back soon.
{M} Eoleo's so much younger than I am, but I can't stop thinking
about him... Is that... love?
[005] :{S} When is Briggs going to return with food for the village?
We can't wait much longer.
{M} Briggs promised to bring enough food for the whole village.
[006] :{S} Champa is impoverished, but soon, we will prosper again.
All our hopes rest on Briggs returning with a ship filled
with treasures!
{M} I bet Briggs has already dug up his treasure and is on his way
back home.
[007] :{S} You've the look of a traveler about you... Have you been to
Ankohl Ruins?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Only those who have mastered the powers of the earth can enter
the ruins.
-(No)
My mistake... These old eyes aren't what they used to be. Anyway,
the ruins are just a little ways northeast of here. You should go
see them.
--------------------------------------------
{M} I want someone to solve the riddle of Ankohl Ruins before
I die... It's my one wish!
[008] :{S} The ruins at Ankohl are all that remains of a great sanctum
our ancestors built. They must have been quite wealthy to build
such a massive building.
{M} They say the chamber at the top of the ruins is decorated in
the purest gold. Our ancestors must have been wealthy to afford
such extravagant decor.
[009] :{S} The cliff caves are a lot quieter with Briggs gone...
It's a little lonely without him here.
{M} Why haven't Briggs and his men returned yet? Obaba said not to go
looking for them, but what if they're in trouble?
[010] :{S} Our matriarch is the last successor of the Ankohl. She's a master
of the forge. It was the ancient gift of the Ankohl...
There's nothing broken that they couldn't fix.
{M} Obaba's locked herself in her room until her grandson, Briggs,
returns from sea. She's so worried...She hasn't even been eating.
I hope she's all right.
[011] :{S} The Champa sailors aren't... well liked outside of here, are we?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Hey, that hurts... You could at least lie to me, just to be
polite... If you keep spreading rumors like that, you'll have
a rough time around here.
-(No)
Really? That's nice to hear. But if you do hear anything,
don't believe a word of it.
--------------------------------------------
{M} If Briggs would just bring the treasure he found back to Champa,
we could all prosper. Then we could put this pirate business
behind us for good.
[ Buildings ]
* - First tent on raft:
[001] :{S} It looked to me like the wave came from the Sea of Time.
What's in there? What caused it?
{M} Something must have blown up in the Sea of Time.
That would explain the tidal wave.
[002] :{S} The tidal wave was terrible... It...It nearly swallowed me whole!
{M} The fish are vanishing. I'm sailing farther and farther for
fewer and fewer fish.
[003] :{S} Most of the sailors here live in the cliff dwellings, but I
don't like those caves. They're dank! And what's worse, the
people living in the harbor really resent the cliff-dwellers.
{M} You have to be one of the pirates to live in the cliffs...
I just can't do it...
-----
* - 2nd tent on raft:
[004] :{S} There's not much space in the cliff caves. That's why we have to
live out here on the boats.
{M} These rafts are all we have! There's no place left for us on
dry land!
[005] :{S} Everyone in Champa is poor, but the poorest of us all live
on rafts... I want to live on land.
{M} If Dad hasn't been opposed to Briggs becoming a pirate, we'd
still be living on land.
[006] :{S} My dad went out to fish, but there were no fish to be caught,
so he had to come back empty-handed.
{M} Father worries so much about the lack of fish... He used to
come back with fish jumping out of his nets. Why can't he catch
fish anymore?
[007] :{S} When my father heads out to sea, he takes our home with him
and leaves us cold. But when he comes home with an empty net,
that leaves us cold AND hungry.
{M} I hope Dad makes it back before dark... I don't want to have to
sleep on shore with no shelter.
-----
[General] :{S} I have some lovely artifacts, but it's only because I've been to
the Ankohl Ruins.
{M} Our products cost what they cost for a reason: they're all rare
and valuable treasures from Ankohl. If I risk my life to get
something nice, of course I'm going to ask a higher price for it!
[009] :{S} If you go to Ankohl Ruins, you might find some nice artifacts
for yourself.
{M} The stuff in the ruins just sits there waiting for someone to
come along and take it. But if it's broken, I'm the only guy
in town who can fix it.
-----
[010] :{S} We've seen a lot of traveling warriors in Champa of late.
We never used to... I wonder if it's just a coincidence that
we've seen so many lately...
{M} More visitors means more money for our village... Maybe we'll
even get tourists soon!
[011] :{S} A group of travelers came here looking for a Felix. He seems
to be a fairly popular guy.
{M} Now that I think about it, someone else was looking for a Felix,
too. I'll bet that guy is probably still somewhere in town...
-----
Healer :{S} Briggs bears the weight of hope for our struggling, impoverished
village. He must return home soon, before all the villagers
lose hope and fall into despair.
{M} I hope Briggs brings something home for us... If not, it might be
the end of Champa...
-----
[013] :{S} The ocean has been a lot warmer lately, and the fish population
is decreasing. It's not natural for the ocean to be so warm.
What's causing it?
{M} We Champa rely entirely on the ocean for our survival. It's all
we've ever known... I wish the Eastern Sea would return to its
bountiful days of overflowing nets and smooth seas.
[014] :{S} I've heard rumors of a terrible tidal wave striking the lands
south of us. I sure hope Briggs and his men weren't engulfed
by it...
{M} All the sailors are saying the tidal wave down south was
unbelievably huge. If Briggs were caught up in it, I don't think
he could have survived.
-----
Innkeeper1:{S} Listen, if you came to Champa looking for good seafood, you came
to the wrong place. We haven't had a decent catch in months.
It's like all the fish are just... gone.
{M} It's a shame that we can't offer any fish to our customers.
Ah, how I long for the days when we had fish enough for everyone.
Innkeeper2:{S} We used to do good trade with an island east of us. They bought
all our surplus fish. We don't have any surplus anymore.
We don't even have enough for ourselves.
{M} Watching our catches dwindle with every day... It's a nightmare!
Where have all the fish gone?
[ Cave system within cliffs ]
[001] :{S} The Champa sailors who don't live in the cliffs are no better
than cowards. The ones living in the caves will protect Briggs
and Obaba without a second thought.
{M} If you live up in the cliffs, that means you've proven that
you can travel far across the seas. If you call yourself a sailor
without ever going anywhere, you're not worthy of the title.
-----
[002] :{S} All of our men went to sea with Briggs--even my sweetheart!
I hope they return soon.
{M} Briggs is the greatest among all our sailors. As long as he
is leading our men, they'll make it back to Champa just fine.
-----
[003] :{S} I bet you're wondering why only sailors and their families get to
live in the cliff dwellings. Well, from up here on the cliffs,
families can look out to sea and await the return of their
sailors.
{M} Standing here, staring across the sea from these cliffs, makes me
feel like I'm helping our sailors.
-----
[004] :{S} Before he left, Briggs ordered me to keep watch in his absence.
If Obaba is so worried about Briggs, she ought to send someone
out to look for him.
{M} Briggs may be our captain, but at least he's not all full of
himself. I hate people like that.
-----
[005] :{S} My husband wants our children to be sailors like him, but I
simply won't have it.
{M} When I married a sailor, I knew how cruel the sea could be.
I can't stop my husband from sailing, but I don't want our
children to follow that path.
[006] :{S} Mom's had it pretty rough. I hope I meet a sailor with a future,
so I don't have to work so hard.
{M} Eoleo is the only boy in town who will amount to anything...
He will be mine!
[007] :{S} Someday, I want to be a sailor, like my father before me.
My mother hates the idea, though. She'd rather have my study
and become a scholar or something.
{M} Has Mom forgotten that I am my father's son? If she knew anything
about me, she'd never ask me to give up the sailor's life.
-----
[008] :{S} Obaba's not seeing anyone right now. She's concerned about her
grandson, and she doesn't want to be bothered.
{M} I've never seen Obaba like this before. She must be really
worried about Briggs...
-----
[009] :{S} That pit is Obaba's forge. She uses it when she's working metal
into weapons and equipment.
{M} I wonder how deep this forge goes. It's supposed to reach right
into the mountain's heart. Obaba must be a master of the forge
if she's the only one who can call up its flames.
-----
* - She approaching the door to Obaba's room, she comes out.
Obaba : Has my grandson returned? Has my Briggs come home?
-----------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
You lie! If Briggs had truly returned, he would have come to see
me first!
-(No)
I asked not to be disturbed until my grandson has returned home!
Now, let me be!
-----------------------------------------------
* - She returns to her room.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'29] --- [Osenia] --- [01'29] #$#
#$#$# Alhafra #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - The Burst Brooch, which bestows Burst, is found in Tundaria Tower in the
far south. It can be used to break cracked objects, such as the stone
atop the ship's mast.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Eastern Alhafra #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - After disposing of the stone, and having begun to disembark:
Man 1 : Hey! That block on the mast has disappeared!
* - Two men are present to the south.
Man 2 : Hey! Now, we can raise the mast and use the sail again!
Man 1 : Hey, mate, let's go tell the mayor the good news!
Man 2 : Yeah, let's do that!
* - They depart.
Eoleo : Baba babubu!!
Chaucha : What is it, Eoleo? What are you so excited about?
Eoleo : Baba babubu!
Chaucha : It's true! The block that was pinning the mast down is gone!
* - She turns to Felix's group.
Chaucha : You were the ones who did it, weren't you?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Chaucha : I knew you would do it someday.
-(No)
Chaucha : But, of course, I also know that you didn't do it for our benefit.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Chaucha : Still, Briggs will be pleased when he hears about this.
* - Eoleo looks happy.
Chaucha : Well then, let's go tell him!
* - They depart. The two men, the Alhafran mayor and Jiya soon arrive.
Mayor : I still just can't quite believe that the stone block on top of
the mast has totally vanished.
Man 1 : I'm telling you, Mayor, I saw it with my own eyes!
...I mean, I didn't see it! It's gone!
Man 2 : If you don't believe us, you can go see for yourself!
* - They move closer to the mast and observe the absence of all the debris.
Mayor : Huh? What? Whoa, hey!!! It's gone! That huge block is really gone!
Jiya : Excellent news, Mayor!
Mayor : Unfortunately, the mayor of Madra will probably try to take it
from us now. But that can wait. Who was able to move the block?
* - Neither of the two men are aware. The mayor notices Felix's group.
Mayor : Felix! Felix, did you do this?
Kraden : Surprised to see us, Mayor?
Mayor : Did you do this?
Kraden : We left Alhafra some time ago, but we just returned and destroyed
the stone block.
Mayor : Exploring? What brought you back to Alhafra right now?
Kraden : Felix had a hunch that we might be needed here.
Jiya : Mayor, not to interrupt, but shouldn't we begin repairs on your ship
now?
Mayor : Yes, yes... You're right, of course.
* - He turns to the other two men.
Mayor : Gather the townspeople and get them to work on the mast.
Man 1 : Yes, sir! We're on our way!
Man 2 : We shouldn't need too many people to raise the mast!
Mayor : All right. I'm counting on you.
* - They depart. The mayor turns back to Felix's group.
Mayor : Destroying that stone must have been quite a challenge.
Why don't you come back to my manor to get some rest?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : You're too kind, Mayor. We'd be happy to...
-(No)
Kraden : We could use the rest, Felix. We should accept the mayor's offer.
-----------------------------------------------------------
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Mayor's residence #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - The next morning:
Kraden : Thank you again, Mayor. You keep a fine house.
Mayor : Don't be silly. You've done us a great deed. It was the least I
could do.
* - Sheba whispers to Jenna.
Sheba : Even if he gets the boat fixed, I don't think he's going to hand it
over to Madra...
Jenna : I agree... He's being way too nice for me to not be a little
suspicious of him...
Mayor : I'm sorry, did you girls have something you'd like to share with us?
* - They shake their heads.
Mayor : I see!
* - The screen turns sepia as everyone continues speaking, yet the player is
not made aware of their words.
The mayor says something to Kraden, which seems to puzzle him. Kraden turns
to the others, perhaps looking for a comment on the mayor's remark.
Cue awkward silence.
The mayor appears concerned, but then he smiles, saying something to
Sheba and Jenna. They appear a tad surprised.
The mayor nods, and a heart emoticon appears above him. Jenna shakes her
head, while Sheba appears upset, as does Felix. The mayor seems distressed.
The screen blanks out, coming back to the scene after some time has passed.
Mayor : Jiya, how are the repairs coming along? Things seem to be moving
slowly down there.
Jiya : Milord, these things take time...
* - A guard runs into the room.
Guard : Sir, there's a problem!
Mayor : Calm down, man! You're a soldier! What are you so flustered about!?
Guard : Briggs destroyed the prison and escaped with his pirates!
Mayor : What, were you asleep while this was going on?
Guard : Don't... Don't be silly!
Jiya : How could Briggs possibly break out of our prison? It's one of
the strongest in Osenia!
Guard : I don't know what happened, but before I knew it, they'd smashed a
hole in the wall!
* - One of the two men who spotted the stone's absence appears.
Man 1 : Mayor! The mast has been raised!
* - No one seems particularly enthused.
Man 1 : Hey, what's up?
* - He notices the guard.
Man 1 : Wait, you're supposed to be guarding the prisoners... What happened?
Mayor : It appears that Briggs has escaped.
Man 1 : That's no good...
Jiya : What are you standing around for!? Search the area! Find Briggs
at once!
Guard : It... might not be quite that easy...
Man 1 : He is a pirate, after all... A famous one!
Jiya : Enough of that! Move it!
* - The guard and the man quickly depart.
Mayor : Regardless, I'm going to go inspect my boat... Oh, and Felix and
his crew were there, too, weren't they? I treated you like an
honored guest in my home... Usually, one feels a certain obligation
to those who do them such a kind service, am I right?
So, don't just stand there! Return the favor and find my Briggs!
Jiya : Come on! Hurry up! Let's go! Move it!
Mayor : Let's go see the boat.
* - The mayor and Jiya take their leave.
Piers : The mayor of Alhafran certainly does know how to look out for
his own interest, doesn't he?
Sheba : That's one way of putting it!
Jenna : Well, so what do we do? Do we go after Briggs?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Sheba : Don't feel like you have to do them any favors!
-(No)
Sheba : That's right! Why should we help the mayor, after the way he
treated you!
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : Felix can decide for himself what to do... At the very least,
I want to go see the sailing ship now that it's fixed.
Let's just go outside and take a quick look.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - Note: These identifications have no bearing those prior.
[ Mayor's residence ]
[001] :{S} Everyone in town is talking about how the boat's finally been
fixed! You should see it!
{M} I don't know what the big rush is. We can see the boat whenever
we want. It's ours!
[ Outside ]
[001] :{S} I'm just standing guard, in case Briggs decided to attack the
mayor's manor.
{M} I'm supposed to be guarding in case Briggs shows up. But if he
does, I'll probably just cry.
[002] :{S} I wonder where Briggs and his crew went... There's no sign of
them around here...
{M} Why do I have to look for Briggs? It's not my fault he escaped...
[003] :{S} The mayor was actually singing and skipping when he went to
the dock. He seemed so pleased.
{M} The mayor only had one thing on his mind on his way to the
dock... Money, and lots of it.
[004] :{S} I'm sure it's just a coincidence, but whenever you show up,
trouble happens.
{M} It's been so busy around here... Pirates, warrior, sailing ships,
natural disasters. What a week!
[005] :{S} I heard you made it so we could fix our sailboat! Is there
anything you CAN'T DO?
{M} I hate to tell Felix, but even though our mayor seems nice,
he's really a selfish jerk.
[006] :{S} Ever since we heard Briggs broke out of jail, we've all been
a little nervous...
{M} I'd bet that Briggs fled the city at the first chance.
I really wonder if he'd still be here.
[007] :{S} If Briggs is smart, he's probably long gone from Alhafra,
if you ask me.
{M} The mayor said I had to look for pirates... Where am I supposed
to be looking?
[008] :{S} Our sailboat looks fabulous with its mast repaired! You really
must go check it out!
{M} Who cares if the boat is fixed? It's not like we'll be allowed
on board. The mayor's too selfish.
[009] :{S} I've been waiting for this day for years! I can't wait to
set sail across the Eastern Sea.
{M} I'm probably too old for the mayor to let me on the ship, but
I can still have my dreams.
[010] :{S} I don't know why everyone's so excited about fixing the ship.
We promised it to Madra, didn't we?
{M} Briggs paid a lot for a broken boat, but now that it's fixed,
it's practically priceless!
[011] :{S} With that ship, Alhafra's going to become a big, important
trading town... We'll all be rich!
{M} I'm certain the only person to prosper from the boat will be
that oaf of a mayor.
[012] :{S} Weird... have you ever had the feeling that someone just
passed by? Maybe it's just me.
{M} What if the pirates were nearby... Maybe that was them behind
the building...
[013] :{S} The whole town is grateful to you... Without your help,
we couldn't have fixed the mast!
{M} Now that the boat is fixed, who gets to keep it? Us? Or the
Madrans?
[014] :{S} Huge boats carry more, but we need smaller ships to catch the
wind. The mayor just doesn't understand this...
{M} Without smaller ships, how can we catch the fish we need to eat?
[015] :{S} The secret to harnessing the wind's power is building a small
ship. Large ones can't do it.
{M} Smaller ships use their sails to steer a lot, but it must be
harder when your ship's so big.
[016] :{S} Once that stone was taken care of, it was really quite easy to
raise the mast again.
{M} Now that all the debris has been cleared away, our harbor looks
so nice.
* - By the entrance to Alhafran Cave (NOT prison):
[017] :{S} Oh! It's you! Where have you been? We haven't seen you around
Alhafra lately...
{M} Felix must have found himself a boat... Isn't that what brought
him to Alhafra in the first place?
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Eastern Alhafra #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - Three men lie on the ground.
Man 1 :{S} Stupid Briggs...
{M} Briggs said the boat was his... And, to be honest, they had paid
us for it, but...
Man 2 :{S} Why do these things always happen to me?
{M} I just came down to see the repaired mast, and they jumped on me
from out of nowhere.
Man 3 :{S} Oooog... Ow...
{M} Briggs's pirates... They attacked us and... The ship...
The ship...
* - At the dock's end, the mayor, Jiya and a fourth man also lie on the ground.
The ship has begun to move.
Mayor : Briggs!!! Briggs where are you taking my boat?
Jiya : He's attempting to steal it! Thief! Thief!
* - Briggs speaks from the ship.
Briggs : Did you call me a thief? I paid for this boat, fair and square.
I'm no thief.
Chaucha : You're the thieves! You tried to take our boat away, after we
paid you so much for it!
Mayor : ... ...
Briggs : You're the one who stole OUR boat!
Kraden : Ahoy, Briggs!
Briggs : Uh-oh... It's Felix!
Chaucha : You're not afraid of them, are you? Look how far away they are...
There's no way they can catch us now!
Briggs : You're right... They're stuck on the land, and we've got this boat!
Chaucha : They can't catch us... What would they do, swim?
Briggs : Hah! You're right! They can't board us from way over there!
Chaucha : Wasn't there something you wanted to do the next time you saw Felix?
Don't tell me you forgot... It's all you ever talked about when you
were in jail!
Briggs : Oh yeah... I almost forgot.
Chaucha : So now's your chance! Do what you swore to do!
* - He faces Felix's direction, sticks out his tongue and holds down the
bottom half of his right eyelid.
Briggs : Bleah!
Chaucha : Is that the best you could come up with?
Briggs : But, Chaucha, they're an awfully tough bunch...
Chaucha : See? It's that attitude right there! That's why you'll never amount
to anything!
Briggs : You know what? You're right!
Hey! Felix! You guys take care! And keep Alhafra safe from thieves
and pirates!
And politicians, too!
Kraden : What!?!
Briggs : I doubt we'll ever meet again, but if we do, remember this!
Neener neener neener! Neener neener neener!
* - He spins around...
Briggs : Neener neener bleah!
* - ...and repeats his original taunt.
Chaucha : That may have been a bit much. If you make him made, he might
chase us right back to Champa.
* - They sail out of sight. Back at the docks, the mayor shouts at Jiya and
the other man by him.
Mayor : What!!! You let Briggs get away! You and your friends talk a
good game, but when trouble happens, where are you!?
Well, isn't this a fine mess! My prize ship, stolen by a bunch of
filthy pirate scum!
* - He kicks the man.
Mayor : Get up!
* - He kicks Jiya.
Mayor : They're gone, and you let them escape! You guys have royally botched
this one. This ruins everything! You all ought to be ashamed!
All of you were cowering, while I was the only one to stand up
to them! All of you!
I'm going back to my manor!
And you, Felix. I am extremely disappointed in you. There will be
no reward for you, Felix! You let that Briggs steal MY ship!
You're lucky I don't lock you up in his stead!
Bah! I've had enough of this! Don't just stand there with your
mouths gaping! Get out of here!
* - The first three men stand up.
Mayor : We don't have a boat, so there's no reason for anyone to be here at
the port. Return to town.
* - The mayor, Jiya, and the four men take their leave.
Kraden : What an awful person. Do you suppose he's always this self-centered?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : Yes, he's terribly irritating. You're quite right, Felix.
-(No)
Kraden : You can stay calm after listening to that windbag? That's quite
mature of you.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : I'll wager Briggs is returning to Champa, personally.
Well, it doesn't matter. I think I've had enough of this town.
Shall we be leaving?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : Great! Let's leave as soon as possible, shall we?
-(No)
Kraden : Ah, yes, well... If you still have business to attend to here.
All right. But the sooner we leave, the better. Lead on, Felix!
-----------------------------------------------------------
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Outside ]
[001] :{S} Alhafra lost its ship. Now, we're nothing but a big, boring town
in the middle of Osenia.
{M} If only we had that ship, Alhafra could have been a powerful
trading town... and wealthy, too...
[002] :{S} Even though we lost the big boat, I'm not particularly upset.
We'll be just fine if everyone can work together and build a
fleet of smaller boats.
{M} I hope trade doesn't make Alhafra get all big. I like how quiet
things are around here... We should stay a small town, with our
small little boats.
[003] :{S} It was great to see everyone in town working to raise the mast.
Too bad the boat got stolen.
{M} The mayor seemed so happy to see us working on the boat...
That's kind of strange. After all, we were only fixing it so we
could give it to Madra, weren't we?
[004] :{S} After we did all that work to fix the mast, someone goes and
steals our boat. We never should have fixed it in the first
place.
{M} It was Madra's boat. It should have been Madra's problem...
[005] :{S} When they find that their boat was stolen, I'm sure Madra's
not going to be too happy.
{M} The mayor of Madra seems like a reasonable person. It's too bad
this had to happen.
[006] :{S} It's not like the boat could even more when the mast was still
broken... When you think of it that way, it doesn't feel ike we
really lost anything at all.
{M} There's no point in worrying about losing something we never had
to begin with.
[007] : * - He's guarding the entrance to the Alhafran Cave (NOT prison).
{S} Briggs came through here and disappeared into the forest.
Scared the pants clean off me!
{M} The poor guard was blindfolded when Briggs escaped, so he didn't
see a thing. He's smart, that Briggs, covering his escape route
like that.
[Weapon] :{S} Everyone's saying that Briggs probably escaped by tunneling
through the mayor's manor.
{M} Supposedly, the cave under the mayor's manor is treacherous.
You'd have to be pretty tough to make it out of there alive.
[Armor] :{S} So, Briggs stole Madra's ship right out from under our own
greedy mayor? Ah, 'tis an ill wind that... that... um...
Oh, I forget how it goes. But it's bad, trust me.
{M} I don't know... I never really thought the mayor would give
that boat to Madra anyway. Our mayor's far too greedy to pass up
an opportunity like this.
[010] :{S} When is this house going to be finished once and for al!?
The repairs are taking forever!
{M} If Mom would stop making all these trifling little requests,
we'd be done a lot faster...
[011] :{S} The repairs are coming along pretty slowly, aren't they? Well,
you wouldn't feel much like working either if your last major
project was stolen!
{M} We're all pulling together to fix this house. At least everyone
is helping with the work.
[012] :{S} Back before Briggs destroyed the bridge to the west, it was a
lot easier to trade with Madra.
{M} First, he steals a ship... then he ruins a very important
bridge... Briggs is a real jerk.
[013] :{S} We fixed the mast so we could use that boat. Now, Briggs has
taken the boat and sailed off to Champa.
{M} Why worry about Briggs? It's not as though we've got a boat
to chase him with...
[014] :{S} If they caught a good breeze, they're probably way off to the
north of us by now.
{M} If Briggs hadn't stolen that boat, I'd be out on the open sea
right now, wind in my hair.
[015] :{S} It felt so great when the whole town joined together to get
those boat repairs done.
{M} I know it's time to forget about that boat and get back to
work... But I just can't let it go.
[016] :{S} That guy's house isn't fixed, and he won't help out on our house
until his is done.
{M} We could use some help with the house, but it looks like we're
on our own for now.
[017] :{S} The mayor's been handing out free food to help us all through
these difficult times. The way things have been going, though,
I bet everyone just hoards it all.
{M} I don't know what will happen if the repairs aren't done before
winter hits...
[018] :{S} We have to store what food we get from the mayor and only eat
a little bit of it at a time.
{M} I've seen Father trying to do some repairs, but it's too much
work for him to do on his own.
[019] :{S} Even if we fix it, the columns and the walls will collapse...
They always do...
{M} This is just too much work for one man to get done. I need to
stop and get some rest, but I promised I'd finish...
[020] :{S} With everyone's help, we were somehow able to avoid the wind and
rain at least. You know, after all this, I now understand how
difficult it is to be a carpenter.
{M} He's never going to get finished with that terrible attitude
of his. Until he feels like working, nothing much is going to
get done around here.
[021] :{S} There are quite a lot of houses in need of repair. Until the
others are finished, I'll wait quietly.
{M} Carrying these things all over has gotten my hands all torn up.
I feel so... rugged!
[022] :{S} Mom was happy to hear that the repairs wre coming along nicely.
The thing is, they're not.
{M} There's no way Dad can fix this house up all by himself.
It's a mess!
[ Mayor's residence ]
Guard 1 :{S} You really made a mess of things. Letting Briggs get away?
What's wrong with you!? The mayor trusted you! You were his
favorites--but not anymore!
{M} One thing's for sure... We're not going to be hearing about how
great Felix is anymore! Now it's my turn to show the mayor what
I can do!
Guard 2 :{S} The mayor of Alhafra does not wish to meet with you. Please
step back.
{M} The mayor was so mad at us for letting Briggs reach the boat.
How were we to know he was going to steal it?
[ Buildings ]
Innkeeper1:{S} We're still recovering from the damage the tidal wave caused.
Once the reconstruction is complete, Alhafra will be the
perfect town... Indestructible!
{M} After the tidal wave, it was one complaint after another, but
things have quieted down. Everyone's been pulling together to
get this work done, and we've set our differences aside.
Innkeeper2:{S} The mayor used the money he got from Madra to pay for all our
food. Everything was looking good, until the boat got stolen...
That sort of killed morale.
{M} The mayor may have pulled through the tidal wave just fine, but
his town didn't! How could he even CONSIDER punishing me for
trying to feed all these unfortunate souls?
Chef :{S} A bigger boat could haul in more fish, but right now, just about
anything will do!
{M} So what if trade brings people here? Things are so bad, we can't
even offer a decent meal!
[004] :{S} It seems that Briggs broke out of jail with the help of his wife,
Chaucha.
{M} Briggs and his wife were totally planning this jailbreak when she
saw him there... What was the guard doing? Wasn't watching his
prisoner? Was he napping?
* - [005] is now [Outside-017].
[006] :{S} I just want a house where we can all live together without
fighting!
{M} I'd really like to have a pet, but I know better. Things are
too tough right now.
* - [007] is now [Outside-018].
[008] is now [Outside-016].
[009] :{S} Briggs might have had a key, but I think he used a different
escape route... I mean, walking out the front door of our jail
would have been really stupid!
{M} If I had a key, I would have used it. That's for sure. Briggs
escaped through the caves, though... That pirate's a wily one.
[010] :{S} Someone said my son and my grandchildren are fixing the house.
They're so considerate...
{M} Isn't anyone helping my family with the house? I'm an old man,
and it'll take them years to finish!
[011] :{S} So that Alex fellow left already, did he? He's such a rogue...
Is he running from something?
{M} He was just my type... Aloof, strong, blue haired... But he was
a little too aloof. He... He never even said good-bye...
* - [012] is now [Outside-019].
[013] is now [Outside-020].
[014] is now [Outside-021].
[015] is now [Outside-022].
-----
[016] :{S} Fixing that old guy's house is starting to drive us all crazy.
I, for one, will be ready for a celebration once it's done.
{M} Will they ever get out of my house? It's starting to worry me
a bit...
[017] :{S} The repairs on our neighbors' house are moving slowly.
The longer it takes, the longer they live with us!
{M} I don't have anything to say to them, and I'm tired of being
the good hostess all the time!
[018] :{S} My house is damaged more than I thought. Looks like I'm still
stuck here with my neighbors.
{M} I don't mind not being at home, but my wife wants her privacy
back!
[019] :{S} My husband and I don't get out much, and it's nice to meet the
neighbors... But we've been here for so long, I don't think
we'll be going out for quite a while.
{M} I hated this place at first, but it's grown one me. I feel
so much more sociable now...
-----
Healer :{S} I heard you were there when Briggs escaped on the sailing ship.
A villain like Briggs should never have been allowed to escape.
It's a terrible thing.
{M} They were so confident when they caught him before, but they
were careless and let him escape!
-----
[Item] :{S} The bridge to the west of us is all fixed now, just so you know.
{M} People will start traveling again, and they'll need to buy
equipment... My equipment!
-----
[022] :{S} Briggs didn't commit any crimes in Alhafra, did he?
{M} I don't believe for one second that Briggs was a pirate,
raiding the towns of Indra.
[023] :{S} I don't want to say this out loud or anything, but... Briggs paid
for that boat fair and square. He didn't steal it at all.
{M} Briggs paid for the boat and then left in it. Why is everyone
treating him like a crook?
[ Alhafran Cave (prison) ]
Guard :{S} Before I knew it, Chaucha stole the keys to the jail, and Briggs
and his crew had them. I never looked away! Not once! I never
let my guard down! How did this happen?
{M} No matter how many times I go over it, nothing seems right.
I'm just not convinced... Wait a sec... Did Eoleo have a hand
in this? He was standing behind me the entire time...
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'30] --- [Angara] --- [01'30] #$#
#$#$# Champa #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - Briggs and his men have brought several crates of food and gems.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Near entrance to cave system #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
* - A pirate sees Felix below.
Pirate 1 : Whoa! You... You're Felix!
Pirate 2 : What? Really? It's Felix?
Pirate 1 : You're awfully persistent, aren't you?
Pirate 2 : Briggs, get outta here! Felix is here to finish you off!
Briggs : What was that!? Felix? Here?
* - He looks.
Briggs : Oh no! It's really him! I've got to get out of here!!!
* - He and the two pirates take off into the caves.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Outside ]
* - [003], [009, [010], and [011] have gathered by the new crates of food.
[001] :{S} Briggs came back with a giant load of food! I've never been so
full! It feels great!
{M} Briggs is so generous! He told me to eat and eat and eat, so
I did!
[002] :{S} Let's see them call Champa poor now! Ever since Briggs came back
with a cargo of gems, we've been filthy stinking rich!
{M} Gosh... How much are all those jewels worth? More than I can
figure, I know that.
[003] :{S} Those bags are full of food for the people of Champa.
Briggs gave them to us.
{M} All of our stockhouses [sic] are so full of food that they've
just left the extra out here...
[004] :{S} I want to play with Eoleo, but he never comes down to the harbor
anymore.
{M} Eoleo said he couldn't play with us anymore, even though he's
younger than we are...
[005] :{S} Don't talk to me about food... I feel like I'm gonna be sick.
{M} Errrrg... I was so full, and I just kept eating. I think I'm
going to explode now.
[006] :{S} Hey, you just came to Champa not too long ago, didn't you?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
You'll be pleased to know that Briggs found ancient pirate
treasure and bought us all food!
-(No)
Well, you wouldn't know it to look at us now, but Champa was
quite poor until recently. Now, thanks to Briggs, we're all
so wealthy, it's disgusting!
--------------------------------------------
{M} Things are going to be different around here. Things are going
to be better. I can't wait.
[007] :{S} Briggs took a long time to return to us. You want to know why?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
He was being held by an evil man who stole his money and made him
a prisoner! They were probably trying to find Briggs's jewels...
The sea is a rough place.
-(No)
Briggs overcame great danger to return home to us. I admire him.
I really do.
--------------------------------------------
{M} We're lucky Briggs hadn't found the jewels when he was caught.
That would have been the end of Champa.
[008] :{S} Briggs looks so reliable, so sure of himself. I've never seen him
like this before.
{M} Briggs was always such a brat, but now he's saved the village!
What a turnaround!
[009] :{S} Now, nobody has to do anything he or she doesn't want to do!
We owe Briggs a lot of thanks.
{M} Nobody really likes to play the role of a pirate. I'm sure
everyone is glad they don't have to anymore.
[010] :{S} Obaba is the last possessor of the ancient secrets of Ankohl,
a long-lost civilization... There's nothing she can't fix,
no matter how broken it is. She's quite the blacksmith!
* - 2nd+ time:
You'd think Obaba would be glad that Briggs was back.
She acts like nothing's changed.
{M} Is Obaba in a good mood now, or what? I noticed the change as
soon as Briggs returned. If you've got something to ask her,
now's the time to ask.
[011] :{S} Briggs fought the odds to bring us jewels and food! He's an
amazing leader!
{M} If Champa gets enough money, maybe we can stop with the looting
and pillaging...
[ Buildings ]
* - First tent on raft:
[001] :{S} While I'm grateful for the food, it's somewhat annoying knowing
that Briggs saved the day.
{M} I should just sign up with Briggs's crew and stop all my
complaining. Oh, but my shipmates would never forgive me if I
bailed on them like that.
[002] :{S} I hear that Briggs sold the jewels he found for cash and then
acquired a boat.
{M} The nerve of that Briggs! He's gone for a bit, and he comes back
in a bigger boat! I'll bet he only did it to show us up, too!
[003] :{S} Briggs really saved our hides this time, but I'm not about to
join his crew! Yeah, maybe I do owe him for this, but I'll find
a way to pay him back legitimately.
{M} I refuse to live in the cliffs, and therefore I am against
Briggs. I have accepted his food, but that is as far as I will
let myself slip.
-----
* - 2nd tent on raft:
[004] :{S} We don't need to live off fish anymore, so we don't need any
fishermen, do we? That does it. I'm not working anymore.
What would be the point?
{M} I'd rather spend my time sleeping than passing it chasing fish
that can't be caught. Why go after food, when Briggs can give it
to you?
[005] :{S} It's true! It's true! Briggs did return with the jewels!
He's really going to have more friends than he did before!
{M} Briggs is a hero for saving the village. But will Father lose
his motivation to be productive?
[006] :{S} When Briggs returned with the jewels, the adult quit working.
I hope I don't become like them.
{M} Quitting their jobs makes the adult just like us kids.
It's getting really weird around here.
[007] :{S} Father's acting like a child, and it seems he quit his job.
He plans on lounging around at home...
{M} If Father sits around the house, he will lose all respectability.
It's better to fish than to do nothing.
-----
[General] :{S} The jewels Briggs found are truly remarkable. I wonder if there
are any more like these in that cave.
{M} Briggs's men said they found amazing weapons and things in the
cave, too... I wish I'd been there. I would like to have seen
them...
[009] :{S} Thanks to Briggs, the Champa can eat again! Unfortunately,
all that food is going to run out someday. Then, what do we do?
{M} Now's the time we ought to be working hardest. While we can eat,
Champa can flourish.
-----
[010] :{S} I've been wondering about finding a chief for Champa, since we
don't have one. If so, then Briggs would be the favorite, since
he's given so much to the village.
{M} A new image for Champa will reflect the time we live in...
Any new visitors will like it...
[011] :{S} We village elders have guided Champa for so many years... Yes,
times are changing. Perhaps it's time Champa's leadership was
given to the sailors.
{M} Observing Briggs recently, the limits of Champa as a village are
very apparent. From now on, the village will develop through
trade. I guess that's the era we've come to.
-----
Healer :{S} Briggs's jewels have turned this poor town into a wealthy place,
but he brought too many. Now, the hardworking people of Champa
have learned to be lazy louts.
{M} All the people in town think they can live without ever having
to work again. They've quit their jobs, and they rely too heavily
on Briggs's find.
-----
[013] :{S} It seems the elders are considering appointing Briggs the
first-ever chief of Champa.
{M} Sure, Briggs saved the village. But saving it from despair is not
the same as governing it...
[014] :{S} I, for one, think a person who can bring the people of Champa
together will do us some good.
{M} Supporting an entire village through fishing from the sea is
next to impossible. We need new sources of income. Briggs is on
the right path, finding us all those lovely jewels.
-----
Innkeeper1:{S} We still haven't been able to catch any fish for dinner.
Not to worry, though. We'll serve up the meat that Briggs
bought for us!
{M} Most people here would love a nice fish meal, but having red meat
is a nice change.
Innkeeper2:{S} It's nice not having to work, but it gets a little boring after
a while.
{M} The only way to find your special purpose in life is to work
hard.
[ Cave system within cliffs ]
[001] :{S} What, you want to come in?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
As if! I'm a nice girl, and I'm not about to let some masher
come storming into my room!
-(No)
Yeah? So what do you want? You're wasting my time.
--------------------------------------------
{M} Tough or not, he's not getting past me without a beating.
-----
* - [002] has left.
Pirate 1 :{S} Why do you have to be so stubborn? Quit following us, you
big bully!
{M} Maybe if I pretend he's not there, he'll go away. I don't want to
fight him... He's got creepy powers!
Pirate 2 :{S} All right, I surrender! I'll go back to Alhafra... but only if
Briggs is going.
{M} He's after our ship, isn't he? That no-good thief mayor must have
sent him.
-----
* - Pirates 3 and 4 are blocking the routes to [003] and [004].
Pirate 3 :{S} I'd rather fight than go back to jail. Bring it on, sissyboy!
{M} It would be so much easier just to go back to jail. Yeah...
They can't beat me up if I surrender!
Pirate 4 :{S} You're Felix, aren't you? You've come to bring in Briggs,
haven't you?
{M} Briggs said the guy who captured him was some amazingly tough
thug named Felix. But I don't know... If this really is him,
he doesn't look like the bad guy Briggs said he was.
-----
* - [005] has left.
[006] :{S} If you so much as TOUCH me, I'll bite your nose off!
{M} What's he staring at? Sheesh! This guy's a total lech!
[007] :{S} Why's everyone so scared of you? You don't look so tough.
{M} He's not so tough! Why's everyone running away? Just thump him
good and be done with it.
-----
[008] :{S} Did you really think you could come storming into Champa,
Briggs's home, without a fight?
{M} Why would Briggs run away like a little baby just because
this guy showed up?
[010] :{S} Leave the women and the children alone. They've got nothing
to do with this.
{M} What are they doing here? Do they mean to captured us?
-----
[009] :{S} Aw, come on! I'm not doing anything! Leave me alone!
{M} Briggs is pretty tough. This guy must be a serious monster if
he beat the captain...
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Obaba's forge #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
Briggs : Hold it right there!
So, Felix, you've come. Don't assume I'll go so easy on you
this time!
Obaba : Is that boy him? The "mighty warrior" you told me about?
Briggs : I told you he didn't look like much, Grandma... Weren't you even
listening to me?
Obaba : All you told me is that his name is Felix and that he is a
"might warrior." Hmph. He doesn't look like the sort of person
who's interested in stealing our jewels, though.
Briggs : But that's not the point, Grandma! If you don't destroy him now,
he's going to take me far away, and you won't ever see me again!
Obaba : Oh, now he doesn't look like the kind of boy who would do that...
Briggs : If he takes me away, poor Eoleo will be so sad! What do you say
about that, huh?
Obaba : Oh, that's just not fair. You know I can't deny my great-grandson!
I don't see why I should be the one to get you out of this mess,
but I can't bear to see Eoleo sad.
Briggs : Grandma, please!
Obaba : Oh, all right.
* - She pulls out some sort of item and turns to Felix's group.
Obaba : Listen, you have no idea what you're getting into. I think you'd
better leave.
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Obaba : Ah, you've made a good decision. You seem like a reasonable boy.
Reasonable boys live longer.
* - When returning:
Briggs : Back for more?
Obaba : I wouldn't be doing this if it weren't for Eoleo, you know.
I'm sorry. You look like quite a nice boy, but I just can't allow
you to take my Briggs away.
* - She repeats her earlier remark.
-(No)
Obaba : Stubborn, are you? Ah, well. If that's the way it's going to be,
get ready for your medicine!
Heart of the earth, fury of the forge's flames, grant me power!
* - She tosses the item into the forge. A similarly-colored creature, Avimander,
bursts forth from the flames and attacks Felix's group.
-----------------------------------------------------------
* - After defeating Avimander:
Obaba : My salamander! You... beat my salamander... I thought he was
unbeatable... How could this be? How did you do that? What...
What are you?
Briggs : Grandma, what's going on!? I thought you were going to protect me!
Obaba : What do you mean, what am I doing? I've done everything I can!
Briggs : Grandma!!! He's going to take me away! He's a bad guy! You have to
do SOMETHING!
Obaba : I'm sorry, Briggs, but you'll have to fight him yourself.
Briggs : Wha-What!?
Obaba : You heard me. I'm through pampering you. You have to get out of this
yourself!
Briggs : But... Grandma... Look at him! I mean, look what he can do!
Obaba : I know, dear, but there's nothing I can do to help. You don't want
him to take you away, do you?
Briggs : But... what about poor Eoleo?
Obaba : *Sigh* All right, all right.
Kraden : Um. Excuse me... There seems to be a small misunderstanding.
Sheba : Yeah! I don't like standing here listening to a pirate call US
the bad guys!
Obaba : Pirate! My Briggs?
Jenna : He stole a ship from Alhafra and escaped from their jail!
A ship WE helped fix!
Obaba : Briggs, is this true?
Briggs : Aw... But, Grandma, they...
Piers : We should tell you, we're not here to take Briggs back to Alhafra.
Kraden : So you've decided you don't want to run errands for the mayor of
Alhafra?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Sheba : Good. That greedy bag of hot air can do his own dirty work,
for all I care.
-(No)
Sheba : Felix, I know you can't mean that. We didn't come to Champa for that
bloated gasbag.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Obaba : Briggs... Piracy? Why?
* - She heads towards him, but he runs around the forge to avoid her.
Briggs : Grandma, it's not what you think? These guys, they...
Obaba : Briggs, you just hush up!!! ...It all makes sense now. The gems,
the food, your absence...
Briggs : What do you mean? What makes sense?
Obaba : They're telling the truth! And you, Briggs! You've been lying to me
this whole time!
Briggs : You're going to take their word over your own grandson's?
Obaba : You got that right! I should have known better than to believe you,
you scoundrel!
Chaucha : He only did it for Champa!
* - Chaucha enters the room.
Briggs : Chaucha! You came!
Chaucha : I heard Felix had shown up looking for you. I was worried...
Obaba : What do you mean, Briggs did it for Champa? All of that food...
Stolen goods?
Chaucha : No, we paid for everything we brought back with us.
Obaba : But you stole a boat to do it, didn't you?
Briggs : Grandma, we found those jewels ourselves, and we paid Alhafra well
for that ship, didn't we?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Obaba : Your story has the ring of truth to it.
Briggs : Thank you, Felix. Your honesty speaks well of you.
-(No)
Obaba : So he's lying again?
Briggs : Dang it, Felix, I'm not lying!
-----------------------------------------------------------
Chaucha : We... were pirates, for a short while. Until we found the jewels.
But if not for our efforts, Champa would have started away long ago.
Obaba : But that doesn't excuse resorting to piracy!
Briggs : Hey, it's not like we were doing it for the money! We wanted to
save Champa!
Chaucha : Those jewels we found are very valuable. We intend to repay each
town we... borrowed from. Isn't that true?
* - Briggs pauses.
Chaucha : What's the matter with you!? You said on the boat that we would
repay every last town!
Briggs : Oh yeah... You're right... We really ought to try to make amends
for what we've done.
Chaucha : That's the truth, Grandmother. Can you find it in your heart to
forgive your only grandson?
Obaba : All right, all right. I'm too old for grudges. But what about Felix?
Chaucha : What do you say, Felix? Can you forgive my husband?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : I agree, Felix. If each town is repaid what was stolen,
I see no reason for complaint.
-(No)
Kraden : I don't know, Felix. We didn't come to capture Briggs.
Why should we care?
-----------------------------------------------------------
Chaucha : Do you hear that? They forgive you, too. That means you can
leave Eoleo with nothing to fear.
Briggs : I... I don't know what to say...
Chaucha : You know, you look a little strange...
Briggs : Oh... Oh, really?
Chaucha : You haven't caught a cold, have you? Do you have a fever?
Briggs : What are you talking about?
Chaucha : No, I'm positive... You look flush, too... You'd better lie down
before it gets worse.
Briggs : She... worries about me.
Chaucha : Hurry up and get into bed so you can get some rest!
* - She starts to leave. Briggs pauses.
Chaucha : Oh, for goodness' sake! You don't want to five them your cold,
do you? Come on!
* - He quickly follows her out of the room.
Obaba : So... what brings you to Champa? I mean, you didn't come here to
catch Briggs, from what I gathered... Ah, well... To be young and
foolish again. If you ever need to consult with me on any number
of subjects, you're welcome anytime.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Cave system within cliffs ]
[001] :{S} I think those guys down in the harbor wanted to come up here
and join us... All they had to do is ask, but I think they're
chicken...
{M} All those sailors who didn't join Briggs said they didn't want to
be pirates. Now that Briggs's going straight, they want to join
him. I think they're just cowards.
-----
[002] :{S} Aren't you the ones who caught Briggs in Alhafra? You don't look
it, but you're pretty strong.
{M} That Felix sure comes off high and mighty. I hate those self-
righteous types.
-----
[003] :{S} When Briggs set sail, we thought we'd never see him again.
Now, all of a sudden, he shows up, and with enough food to save
our town forever!
{M} I was just gazing out at sea, and then I saw Briggs's ship...
I got all choked up.
-----
[004] :{S} Why did you have to go and tell Obaba that we were pirates?
I'll bet that really upset her.
{M} I just know she's going to yell at us. The waiting is the
worst part. Next to the yelling.
-----
[005] :{S} We have so much food everywhere now! I hope Briggs goes off soon
to bring us even more jewels and treats!
{M} Briggs says he's sick and can't go to sea right now. But how
can he not go? He has to make up for all of his evil deeds...
[006] :{S} Eoleo still won't come down and play with us. I'm getting really
cheesed off at him.
{M} Eoleo is younger than I am, but he acts like he's a lot older.
[007] :{S} Briggs came down with a cold. I guess that means he won't be
sailing for a while.
{M} Briggs's never been sick a day in his life. I wonder how he
caught a cold now...
-----
* - [008] has left.
-----
[009] :{S} You guys don't look much like warriors, but you sure are brave
to fight your way in here.
{M} Felix must be incredibly strong to get Briggs all worked up
like that.
-----
Pirate 1 :{S} We're going to wait until Briggs feels better before we go out
to sea again.
{M} Suppose we went to get the jewels... How would we gather them,
with that trap in the way?
Pirate 2 :{S} It's all my fault. If I hadn't messed with that switch, we'd have
gotten everything.
{M} At least we got some of the jewels before that stupid switch
blocked us off.
Pirate 3 :{S} We really want to make amends. We just need Briggs to get better.
{M} I was as shocked as the next guy that we couldn't reach those
treasure chests...
Pirate 4 :{S} There were plenty of treasures on that island in the middle of
the sea. If we get tired of waiting for Briggs, maybe you could
come with us.
{M} Briggs is just pretending to be sick because he doesn't want to
follow up on his promise.
-----
Briggs :{S} Once I'm over my cold, I'm setting out to get more jewels and
make amends with Madra and Daila.
{M} I'm certain that there are even more jewels back in that cave!
If only I'd had the chance to grab a few more before that trap
blocked our way!
Chaucha :{S} I wonder what's wrong with Briggs. He was feeling so healthy
and happy. He doesn't have a fever, and he's not coughing,
but he says he's too weak to go out.
{M} There is absolutely nothing wrong with Briggs. I just know he's
hiding something from me...
Eoleo :{S} Babu ba bubabu...
{M} One of Papa's men touched a trap, and that's why Papa couldn't
get all the jewels. Papa, I think you should tell Felix about
that.
-----
Obaba :{S} I mean it. If there's ever anything you need, just call on me.
I'm always here.
{M} Now I've done it. I said I'd help them with anything, but
I'm only good at fixing broken things...
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Obaba's forge #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - If one of the trident prongs have been collected, Felix presents it.
The right prong is located in the Shrine of the Sea God (Indra).
The center prong is located in Tundaria Tower (Tundaria, far south).
The left prong is located in Ankohl Ruins (Angara, near Champa).
Obaba : This looks like a weapon! It looks like part of a trident, but it's
only one third of the whole thing, it seems... Why... Could it be?
Is this the legendary trident of Ankohl? I'll hold on to this for
you. It won't do you any good like this, and I'll keep it safe here.
You seem unsure... You don't think I'll pull a fast one on you,
do you?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Obaba : Kids today. So mistrustful.
-(No)
Obaba : Ah, that's nice. Don't you worry!
-----------------------------------------------------------
Obaba : If you bring me the other two pieces, I'll be happy to rebuild it
for you.
* - Social Script:
Obaba :{S} The legend says that anyone who holds the whole lance has nothing
to fear from the sea.
{M} All of my smithing knowledge and training was solely so that I
might rebuild the legendary trident. I can't wait to get all
three pieces and repair the ancient weapon of Ankohl.
* - Second prong:
Obaba : Ah, have you found the second piece, dear? It's magnificent!
I'll hold on to this as well. Wouldn't want it getting lost,
now would we? Only one to go!
* - Social Script:
Obaba :{S} Yes, there's no doubt about it. Those must truly be fragments of
the legendary trident.
{M} Soon, I'll have the chance to test my skills to their fullest
extent! I can hardly wait!
* - Third prong:
Obaba : Well done! You found all three pieces of the trident! That means I
can begin work reforging the ancient trident of Ankohl! At last!
* - She approaches the forge.
Obaba : We'll just toss all three pieces in here, shall we?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Obaba : Just leave it to me...
-(No)
Obaba : There's nothing to be afraid of, dear. Just leave it to me.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Obaba : Heart of the earth, fury of the forge's flames, grant me power!
* - She drops the prongs into the forge.
Obaba : That's funny... Nothing happened.
* - Light fills the forge, soon followed by flames.
Obaba : What's going on?
* - A pillar of fire rises in the center of the circle.
Obaba : Something's happening! Is that... the legendary trident?
* - The flames fade; the trident floats in their place.
Obaba : After all these years, the trident is complete again. But what's
making it float like that? Regardless, the trident has been fixed.
It belongs to you now, Felix. Use it well.
* - Social Script:
Obaba :{S} The trident seems to have some amazing power... The legends must
be true... No matter what you encounter at sea, no monster can
stand against you with that trident.
{M} All of my training was for the single purpose of reforging the
ancient trident.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Outside #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - As Felix's group makes their way to depart:
Alex : I see you've caught up with me again, Felix.
* - He approaches them from the northern area of the village.
Sheba : Alex!
Piers : Alex? Who is Alex?
Kraden : Alex is a Water Adept. We had been traveling together, but he left
us when we landed on Indra.
Piers : A Water Adept?
Alex : Ah, and I see you've made a new friend! You have been busy,
haven't you?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Alex : And you've found yourself a new Water Adept! Do you mean to
cast me away, like old trash?
-(No)
Alex : Please... It's quite obvious that you decided to replace me with
a new Water Adept. I expect you thought you'd never see me again!
-----------------------------------------------------------
Jenna : What do you want with us now, Alex? Or did you forget you were
the one who abandoned US?
Alex : My dear Jenna... Have you come to despise me so, after all we've
been through?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Sheba : That's right, Felix! Why should we care about someone who just left
us behind like that!?
-(No)
Sheba : Duh! You're the one who left us. It's pretty clear who despises whom
here.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Alex : My, aren't we a bitter bunch? And I was just trying to help you with
your little task.
Kraden : We have no need of your help. We can light the lighthouses without
you.
Karst : Oh... Can you really?
* - She approaches.
Sheba : Karst!
Karst : That's right, Karst! I'm flattered that you remember!
Jenna : What is this, Alex? What's going on?
Alex : Ah, how can I explain this...
Agatio : What's going on is Alex is demonstrating his remarkable foresight
once again!
* - A man approaches. Felix's group is obviously confused as to his identity.
Alex : Oh, have you not have the pleasure of an introduction?
Karst : He stayed back at the ship when I saw them in Madra.
Agatio : I am Agatio. Let's se... That guy's Felix, and the girls are Jenna
and Sheba, which makes him... Kraden. They look like an unreliable
bunch of ragamuffins.
Alex : Yes, they are rather useless, aren't they? That's why I finally
had to abandon them, of course. But now, I believe I may have
been... hasty in my judgment.
You are Piers?
Piers : H-How do you know my name?
Alex : How soon they forget! We met you before, when you were being...
detained. Who could forget the amateur Adept changing water into ice
in that strange little town?
Kraden : Ah! You saw that! That must be how you knew Piers was a Water Adept.
Alex : In fact, I was even thinking of borrowing his ship at one point.
Jenna : You would steal someone's boat? That's so typical, Alex!
Alex : You wound me, Jenna... I only meant to borrow it.
Sheba : Whatever you might have meant, that doesn't make it right!
Alex : And just when I was about to seize the opportunity, you had to
come back.
Piers : You mean from Kibombo...
Alex : I was mere moments too late.
Kraden : Isn't that a shame.
Alex : Still, because of that, I did meet Karst and Agatio, so perhaps
it was my fate...
Jenna : Can't you just stop talking about yourself for one second, Alex?
Karst : Enough of your childish gibes! Alex, I want to know what makes
these punks useful!
Alex : Because they brought us the orb that Akafubu had taken. That shows
some resourcefulness.
Agatio : How so?
Alex : The Kibombo are quite warlike... or were, at any rate.
Recovering the orb was most likely not easy.
Karst : They were just typical villagers, easily frightened with a small
display of Psynergy...
Alex : No... They would have used less abrupt methods than those you
favor...
Agatio : Oh? What methods would those be?
Kraden : Alex said it clearly enough. We wouldn't terrorize people into
doing what we wanted.
Karst : Enough of this! Stop changing the subject! When are you going to
light the remaining lighthouses?
Agatio : Yes! Our patience is beginning to wear thin!
Karst : If you waste much more of our time, we'll take those Elemental Stars
and do it ourselves!
Agatio : If we had a Wind Adept like Sheba and the Elemental Stars,
we wouldn't need you.
Sheba : Excuse me?
Alex : I am, of course, opposed to their line of thinking. My experience
with Saturos and Menardi suggests that, while they were fierce
warriors... They are somewhat lacking when it comes to solving the
mysteries of the lighthouses...
Karst : You mean to say that they failed to solve the riddles?
Alex : Miserably...
Agatio : Are you suggesting they were simply brutes, incapable of logic and
intelligence? And are you saying the same of us!?
Alex : I'm afraid so...
Karst : Alex... Whose side are you on?
Alex : I am on no one's side. My only concern is to see the lighthouse
beacons lit once again.
Agatio : So you mean to leave the task to Felix?
* - Alex nods.
Karst : Then why have we come all this way looking for Felix?
Alex : I merely wanted to confirm that he and his companions had not
forgotten their quest.
Agatio : Is that truly all?
Alex : I also wanted to introduce Felix to the two of you.
Jenna : Why would you want to do that?
Alex : With Saturos and Menardi gone, you probably felt very little
pressure to complete your task. I cannot have that.
Sheba : What do you mean by that!?
Alex : With Saturos and Menardi gone, I felt another pair might...
How shall I put this... Provide you with the proper incentive
to complete your task.
Piers : Is that some kind of threat?
Alex : Take it as you wish. I just wanted to provide you with the proper
encouragement.
Karst : So, what? You've used us to your satisfaction, and now, our role
is done?
* - Alex nods.
Agatio : You only wanted us around to flex a little muscle and scare them
into action? Fine.
* - He turns to Felix's group.
Agatio : I suppose we will let you go today...
* - He departs.
Karst : But we will always be nearby... pushing you to make your way to
Jupiter Lighthouse swiftly.
* - She departs.
Alex : I look forward to seeing you soon, Felix, somewhere very near
Jupiter Lighthouse.
* - Alex begins to leave, but stops as he thinks of something.
Alex : Kraden, am I right in recalling that you pursue this quest on the
behalf of Tolbi's ruler, Babi?
Kraden : This is true. I'm studying Alchemy because Lord Babi has ordered it.
What about it?
Alex : Ah, what a pity. It would seem all your studies... have been for
naught.
Kraden : What are you getting at, Alex?
Alex : Only that it seems your Lord Babi has at last succumbed to the
ravages of time.
* - Kraden pauses.
Kraden : Lord Babi is dead?
Alex : Oh, so you didn't know?
Sheba : Lord Babi? Dead? Could that really be true?
* - Alex nods.
Jenna : Alex! How would you know such a thing?
Alex : Do not mistake me! We had no hand in Babi's passing. However,
the people of Tolbi may be under the impression that our presence
led to his death.
Piers : Alex! Cut the melodrama and get to the point for a change!
Alex : Simply put, I would recommend against traveling to north Gondowan
for a while. I just thought it might be better if you focused on
your quest, instead of exploration, for now...
Sheba : How kind of you.
Alex : Take it as you will...
Very well. May we meet again.
* - He takes his leave.
Jenna : So the only reason Alex came here was to threaten us?
Sheba : And to bring us news of Babi's death, despite the fact that we
asked for no such news!
Piers : Perhaps he had his own reasons for telling Kraden...
Sheba : What do you mean, Piers?
Piers : If Kraden undertook this quest on behalf of Babi, then he no longer
has any need--
Jenna : Oh. Of course! I hadn't thought of that. Your orders were to find
Lemuria, right, Kraden?
Sheba : That's right. But if Babi really has died, you're free to go where
you will, Kraden.
Kraden : That's not true, Sheba. Certainly, my original reason for
researching Alchemy was for Lord Babi...
Piers : "Was for Lord Babi?" That's the past tense! What are your reasons
now?
Kraden : This is no longer solely for research... I do this because of what
I've learned on this quest.
Jenna : Your research?
Sheba : What you learned on this quest?
* - Jenna and Sheba look at each other, both appearing quite perplexed.
They begin to speak at the same time.
Jenna : I'm not following you at all!
Sheba : I don't understand a word of this.
Kraden : Of course you don't! Felix is the only one I've spoken to about any
of this...
* - They turn to Felix and, again, happen to speak simultaneously.
Jenna : What!? You knew!?
Sheba : That's not fair! Tell us!
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : Please, Felix... Let's not say too much about it just yet.
-(No)
Kraden : Felix is right. Now is not the time to tell you about it all...
-----------------------------------------------------------
* - They look upset.
Kraden : It's... far too complicated.
Jenna : Well, when WILL you tell us?
Kraden : I am sure we will tell you once we get to Lemuria.
Sheba : Do you promise?
Kraden : I promise...
Piers? You don't mind waiting?
Piers : I cannot read minds, like Sheba, but I have a guess at what you're
thinking...
Kraden : A guess? What do you mean?
Piers : You are a great scholar, Kraden, are you not? I believe your theory
is correct. And to prove it, I want to return to Lemuria as soon as
possible.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$# [01'31] --- [Sea of Time] --- [01'31] #$#
#$#$# Lemuria #$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$ $#$#$#$#$#$#$#
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - The trident is used to break the force field surrounding Poseidon,
who guards the way to Lemuria and would otherwise be unbeatable.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Passage to Lemuria #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
* - If you try to head back to Piers's ship:
Kraden : Lost already, Felix? That's the way to the boat dock! You can't want
to return already! We've only just gotten to Lemuria. We can't leave
yet! There's still so much to see!
* - A statue on another ledge must be pushed aside via Move to as to jump onto
the ledge. Two men observe this.
Man 1 : Why, that was Psynergy, wasn't it?
Man 2 : Are they Adepts?
Man 1 : Who ARE you!?
Man 2 : Are you the ones who defeated Poseidon?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Man 2 : That's quite something! Who are you, that you could defeat that
leviathan?
-(No)
Man 2 : But clearly, you are here, and the beast is gone...
-----------------------------------------------------------
Man 1 : If you are strong enough to defeat Poseidon, you are too dangerous
to enter Lemuria.
Man 2 : The king's orders are clear! We cannot grant you entry.
Kraden : King? Who is your king?
Man 1 : High Highness, King Hydros, of course...
Man 2 : His Majesty has ruled over Lemuria for centuries.
Man 1 : King Hydros has decreed that Lemuria must be kept safe from
dangerous outsiders.
Piers : You say that we are dangerous, but do you include me as well?
* - He steps forth.
Man 1 & 2 : Piers!
Man 1 : Did you join them in battle against Poseidon?
* - Piers nods.
Man 2 : Impossible! Everyone knows you possess great courage, but you are
still a mere Lemurian!
Piers : Such comments do us all a great disservice! I battled fiercely
alongside my friends!
* - The two men look at each other, still somewhat unsure of the situation.
Piers turns to Felix.
Piers : Leave our landing to me.
* - He turns back to the other two.
Piers : You have my word that we shall create no problems during our stay.
Will you not permit us to enter?
Man 1 : Piers, I know you are a man of your word, but the king's orders
must stand!
Man 2 : You understand that we cannot simply ignore the king's orders,
don't you, Piers?
Piers : What is King Hydros doing...
Kraden : So, you people really take your kings seriously, don't you?
Man 1 : Insolent pup! Do not dishonor the king of Lemuria! We are peaceful,
but quick to anger!
Kraden : Pup? I must be twice your age! Who are you calling "pup"?
Man 2 : You wish to see Lemuria, and yet you know so little of us!
I am far older than you. Show respect!
Kraden : Pah! Older than me?! Inconceivable!
Piers : Er... Actually, Kraden, these two are perhaps older than all of you
combined... Babi must have spoken of this to you. In Lemuria,
time passes quite slowly.
Kraden : Ah... Well...I suppose I recall something of that sort or another...
Maybe... But to imagine for a moment that these two gentlemen are
older than I am? It's a bit much!
But perhaps I was rude, and I hope you accept my apology.
My ignorance misled me.
Man 1 : Well, just so long as we're clear on that.
Man 2 : But if your fighting is as skilled as your wordplay, then perhaps
you aren't so dangerous to us.
Man 1 : I agree. Perhaps His Majesty will provide an exception in their
case.
Man 2 : King Hydros might be willing to reverse his order if we confer
with him, wouldn't he?
Man 1 : We shall speak with him at once!
Man 2 : King Hydros has been seeking news from beyond the Sea of Time.
He will want to see you.
Man 1 : Wait here.
Kraden : How long do you think we'll be waiting?
Piers : Good point. Time means little to most Lemurians. Mere moments to us
could seem like a lifetime to outsiders.
Man 1 : You seem young to me, and yet you are probably an old man among
your people... I would imagine that you have probably done enough
waiting in your lifetime.
Man 2 : King Hydros instructed us to be kind to the elderly at all times.
Man 1 : They seem trustworthy enough... Shall we let them in?
Man 2 : I can see no reason not to. We won't get in trouble, will we?
Piers : I will be with them! Now, please, let me walk the streets of my home
once more! I beseech you!
Man 1 : Then we place our trust in each of you. You may enter. But...
don't do anything rash!
Man 2 : If you cause any trouble, we'll hunt you down and exact swift and
terrible vengeance.
Man 1 ; Do we have your word?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : Ooo! Ooo! Finally! What could be waiting for me in Lemuria?
I can't wait another moment!
-(No)
Kraden : We've come a long way to see Lemuria. I won't have anything ruin it
for me now!
-----------------------------------------------------------
Piers : Oh, hush. I'll keep a close eye on them. You have nothing to fear.
Man 2 : Very well, Piers. We place our faith in you, then. Enter freely
and peaceably.
Man 1 : You must already be aware of this, but you are not permitted to
enter the palace.
Man 2 : If the king were to find out about this, we'd be in big trouble.
Piers : Don't worry! I won't let that happen.
* - They two men take their leave.
Kraden : Is this Hydros really so fearsome?
Piers : Fearsome isn't the right word... King Hydros has lived longer than
anyone. He is most wise. While everyone respects him and holds him
in great reverence... It would be a mistake to call it fear.
I certainly do not fear him. The king... He...
Kraden : He what?
Piers : You will understand once you meet the king yourself. But that does
not matter now. Let's go! To Lemuria... The city you've all been
longing to see...
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Outside #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - Upon walking up the stairs to the third level, Kraden looks about.
Kraden : Oh! Goodness!
* - He heads to the fourth level, where the palace is located.
Kraden : Felix! Look over here! This palace is magnificent!
* - If you try to head down from the fourth level:
Kraden : Where are you going, Felix? Let's take a longer look around!
* - Upon approaching the castle:
Kraden : This place is remarkably... Truly remarkable...
Guard 1 : Who goes there! I've not seen you in Lemuria before!
Guard 2 : Wait a moment... You must be the travelers who arrived with Piers.
Is your name Felix, perchance?
Guard 1 : Piers? You mean Piers, the Lost One?
* - Piers steps forward.
Piers : Have I earned a title in my absence? Well, worry not!
Piers is lost no more!
I seek counsel with King Hydros. Has High Highness been told of
my return?
Guard 2 : Word was sent, but I do not know if it has reached the king.
Piers : What do you mean?
Guard 1 : Lord Conservato is meeting with His Highness as we speak.
Piers : Not Conservato...
Kraden : What's wrong, Piers? You don't look pleased to hear that name...
Piers : Kraden... What do you think of what you have seen of Lemuria?
Kraden : It is a magnificent city! Or do you mean the castle? Both are
magnificent!
Piers : And you, Felix? Do you agree?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Piers : Any newcomer to our town would doubtless feel the same at first.
-(No)
Piers : Ah! Yes, you marvel not at the present condition, but at the
greater splendor of its past!
-----------------------------------------------------------
Piers : In ages past, Lemuria was a far lovelier, more grand, and more
lively city. High Highness, the kind, tells of days gone by,
of a more brilliant Lemuria long before my birth. Over the countless
years, our people have lost vigor, enthusiasm, creativity... Lemuria
has fallen into slow collapse, a city that has lost its spark...
Lemuria as you see it is only a shadow of the city of legend.
Kraden : If only I had the chance to see the city in all its splendor.
But how does Conservato figure in?
Piers : King Hydros believes that our decay is related in some way to
Alchemy.
Kraden : Alchemy!?
Piers : King Hydros wants to find a way to stop the ruin of Lemuria.
Guard 1 : If there were anything we could do to help stop it, we would.
Guard 2 : But the senators are unwilling to take action! They're stubborn,
and they fear any change...
Kraden : Senate? What is a senate?
Piers : The senate is the group of elders who determine policy in Lemuria.
Guard 1 : Lord Conservato holds the highest office in the senate.
Guard 2 : The senate usually opposes any new ideas or proposals introduced
before it...
Piers : Word of our arrival will never reach the king as long as Conservato
has his ear.
Guard 1 : And his conversations with the king are incredibly long.
Guard 2 : We have no choice but to wait patiently here.
Piers : Why don't we spend our time looking around Lemuria until then...
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Outside ]
[001] :{S} I cannot remember the last time we had visitors in Lemuria.
Not in a great while, certainly.
{M} More of the same, today and every day. Nothing around here
ever changes.
[002] :{S} In Lemuria, we do not grow old. It must seem quite odd to those
from the outside world.
{M} I've aged so slowly, I no longer fear death, but at the same
time, I have no motivation at all.
[003] :{S} Drinking from this spring restores vigor and vitality!
Want a sip?
{M} These turtles have lived in the spring forever... It must be
the water that does it...
[004] :{S} Lemuria has no disease, no war... Anyone who saw it would think
it a paradise. And yet... all who come to our city seek to leave
soon after arriving. I, too, wish to leave.
{M} I haven't been surprised in ages. I don't know what I'd do if
something happened.
[005] :{S} How old am I again? I quit counting after I turned two hundred,
and that was long ago.
{M} King Hydros is far older even than I am... How old is he?
[006] :{S} Life never changes here in Lemuria. It can get rather dull,
you'll find.
{M} Sometimes, I think the buildings fall apart faster than we age.
[007] :{S} I ought to feel surprised to see outsiders here, but I can't
remember how to be surprised.
{M} Long ago, a man named Lunpa drifted to our island. That was quite
a surprise. Someone else came with him, but he fled so quickly.
What was his name again?
[008] :{S} It has been many, many years since a new child was born in
Lemuria. Lemurians love children, but they only remain children
for such a short time.
{M} Everyone spoils me so much... I don't ever want to grow up!
But in another 20 or 30 years, I will be an adult. Oh well.
At least it's some kind of change.
[009] :{S} We are the only children in Lemuria. I often with there were
other children to play with.
{M} Are there other children in the lands beyond the Sea of Time?
Are there other people?
Cat :{S} Meow... Mrrrfle...
{M} No one in Lemuria feels any passion for anything. They're lazier
than a cat in a sunbeam.
Dog :{S} Woof! ...rrrrrROOF!
{M} There's so much treasure buried here that you could dig almost
anywhere and find something... So why doesn't anybody here dig?
Chicken :{S} Bukbukbuk...
{M} If it weren't for the people in the castle, the Lemurians would
probably let themselves starve.
Cow :{S} Moo.
{M} Lemurians are so lazy that they make me look like a dynamo.
And they live so long!
[ Spring of Lemuria ]
* - Outside:
[001] :{S} Do you wish to test your luck at the Spring of Lemuria?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Go ahead. Test your luck!
* - He moves aside. When speaking to him again:
You look like you're in for a spell of good luck. After all,
your aura glows brightly about you!
-(No)
Well, then, I'll just take a turn... If you change your mind,
let me know, and I will give you a chance.
--------------------------------------------
{M} No one is luckier than him who believes in his luck and has
friends who believe in him.
* - Inside:
[002] :{S} If you face away from the spring, toss in a coin, and land it in
the target, good fortune will come. You've traveled a long way
to be here. You should give it a try.
{M} I'd love to test my luck, but I've used up all my coins.
Maybe I'll take one out of the spring!
[003] :{S} I remember an outsider who came to Lemuria and then spent DAYS
testing his luck at the spring!
{M} He had such a good time, he said he was going to build a spring
like this in his hometown.
Signpost 1:{O} The Spring of Lemuria
Face away and toss in a coin to test your luck.
Signpost 2:{O} The Spring of Lemuria
Toss in a Lucky Medal to improve your luck.
[ Residence to the east of Piers's ]
[001] :{S} I have never been outside of Lemuria. I don't know what the
rest of the world is like. If there weren't laws prohibiting
us from leaving, I would be gone in an instant.
{M} Who knows what wonders lie across the Sea of Time... I'd love to
know, but... I can't stand places with little culture and no
advanced civilization.
[002] :{S} Now that Piers has returned, maybe he'll share his tales of the
outside world with me.
{M} The senate passed the law that prohibits us from leaving.
But Piers was carried out to sea by the tidal wave. He can't be
blamed for that...
[ House of the Senate ]
[001] :{S} Are you the warriors from beyond the Sea of Time who returned
with Piers?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
What can you uncivilized louts hope to bring to Lemuria?
-(No)
Only savages and barbarians are wont to tell lies when confronted
with uncomfortable situations.
--------------------------------------------
{M} * - 1st time:
Was that some form of Psynergy?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Ho ho ho! We Lemurians are masters of Psynergy all! Your powers
are not special here.
-(No)
No? Curious. But it does not matter. Lemurians are masters of
Psynergy. It is of no import.
--------------------------------------------
* - 2nd+ time:
What does Hydros think will happen if he sets Alchemy loose
on the world again!?
[002] :{S} Come what may, I cannot approve of anything setting Alchemy loose
on the world.
{M} All of the members of the senate must remain opposed to breaking
the seal. As long as we remain united, King Hydros cannot take
any action to complete his plan.
-----
[003] :{S} Long ago, the power of Alchemy was abused in ways that might
bring about the end of the world. Because it was sealed away,
the king claims, the world has begun to wither and decay.
{M} Ever since Alchemy was sealed, time itself has seemed frozen.
In my mind's eye, I do not see anyone who will go along with
the king's plan.
[004] :{S} Has Lemuria fallen into decay, I ask you? Nay! Only by casting
aside Alchemy has the world been saved from itself!
{M} Certainly, Lemuria has lost some of the splendor that once filled
its streets. But to think that Alchemy could restore this is
madness itself!
[005] :{S} And now, rumors abound of a group of fools who are actually
attempting to restore Alchemy. It is only because Alchemy was
sealed away that the world has enjoyed this lasting peace.
{M} If Alchemy were loosed upon the world, people would fight again
to control the Stone of Sages. Alchemy must remain sealed away,
if for no other reason than to avoid this strife.
-----
[006] :{S} Do you seek to know more about the draughts that provide us with
such longevity?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Once, Lemurians bottled special draughts to leave here and travel
through Weyard... A man named Babi stole the remainder of our
precious draughts and fled Lemuria.
-(No)
Then I shall tell you this: So long as we drink of the Lemurian
Spring, we live long. We no longer leave our home, so we have
no need to make our draughts of old.
--------------------------------------------
{M} Even thought we no longer prepare the draught, the water of
our spring sustains us...
[ Palace - Outside ]
Guard 1 :{S} The king is holding counsel with Lord Conservato right now.
It might be a while before you can see him.
{M} How much longer will Conservato be in there? They've been talking
for ages now.
Guard 2 :{S} The king will be thrilled to hear his trusted Piers has returned.
{M} I had heard Piers was back, but I didn't believe it until now...
You seem much more confident, Piers. Everyone has bene noticing
it.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Piers's (P's) residence #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
P's Uncle :{S} Are you the travelers that came here with Piers?
--------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
[see below]
-(No)
No? Ah, interesting. I wonder when Piers will come to see me.
--------------------------------------------
{M} I was--what is the word?--surprised when I heard Piers had
returned. I hope that I get to see him soon.
* - After saying yes, Piers steps forward from the group:
Piers : I am sorry it has taken me so long to visit, Uncle.
P's Uncle : Piers! You are alive!
Piers : Yes, I've managed to survive against a great many trials.
Kraden : What a fascinating coincidence! We've stumbled across Pier's uncle's
house!
P's Uncle : I must thank you all for looking after my nephew.
Piers : This is Felix and Kraden. They are my friends, and have aided me
tremendously.
P's Uncle : If my sister could only hear how timid young Piers has become a
mighty warrior...
Piers : Where is my mother? We've been so busy since we arrived that I
haven't had a chance to see her.
* - Piers looks around, noticing items (mostly bottles) strewn about the floor.
Piers : Now that I think about it, this place is a mess. What happened?
Mother is always so neat...
...No! She hasn't... fallen ill again, has she?
Kraden : There is still illness in Lemuria?
Piers : My mother was born with a weak heart...
P's Uncle : Piers... I'm sorry... Your return comes too late... After the tidal
wave washed you to sea, your mother suddenly fell ill... The shock
of losing you was too great for her poor heart. She held out hope
for your safe return until the very end. Perhaps your mother gave
herself up to ensure your survival... Does that not sound like
your mother?
Piers : Where is she now?
P's Uncle : She rests in the cemetery now. Check the headstones...
You will find her.
* - Piers rushes out of the house.
Kraden : What should we do, Felix? Should we follow Piers?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : After all we've been through, the least we can do is offer Piers
our condolences.
-(No)
Kraden : You're right. Piers probably needs some time alone right now.
-----------------------------------------------------------
* - Before leaving:
P's Uncle :{S} I'm so relieved that Piers has returned to me alive. He is the
last of my relatives. Without him, I would be alone.
{M} Poor Piers... Being born in Lemuria and gifted with long life...
Only to lose his father in his youth and his mother now.
He faces many long years of loneliness.
* - When beginning to leave the house:
P's Uncle : Wait... I ask that you leave Piers to his mourning for now...
Now he is struggling with the loss of his mother. He needs time.
* - Felix nods.
P's Uncle : You came to Lemuria to learn more of Alchemy, did you not?
I suspected as much. Piers was right to bring you here. Piers told
me his secret... The mission he was given by His Highness the king.
Even had the tidal wave not carried Piers off, he would have left...
Such was his fate.
You look confused... Piers told you about this, did he not?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
P's Uncle : Of course... He must trust you a great deal.
-(No)
P's Uncle : Curious... I can't understand why he would do that...
-----------------------------------------------------------
P's Uncle : If Lord Conservato had not led the senate to oppose him, he would
have left sooner. I wonder what news Piers has brought with him.
Either way, I do know why he has brought you here.
Felix... Don't tell me that he hasn't at least told you that much!
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
P's Uncle : You say he's told you, but you look rather confused.
-(No)
P's Uncle : Did Piers tell you nothing before bringing you here to Lemuria?
-----------------------------------------------------------
P's Uncle : Unfortunately, I know little more than that... While Piers confronts
his sorrow over the loss of his mother, you have some time...
I shall write you a letter... So that you can see Lunpa...
Lunpa has locked himself in his tower and rarely comes out,
but if I send him this, he will see you.
* - He hands the letter to the bird that had been perched on the table by him.
P's Uncle : All I need is a bird to carry it to him in his tower.
* - The bird flies off.
P's Uncle : There. You should be able to see him now.
* - Social Script:
P's Uncle :{S} Go to Lunpa's tower. He will see you now.
{M} Lunpa has given the kind tremendous aid on this matter.
He will have much to tell them.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Cemetery #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
Piers :{S} ...
{M} Mother... Why have you left me...
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Lunpa's tower #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
* - Lunpa speaks from the apex as Felix approaches the door on the ground level.
Lunpa : Are you kids Piers's traveling companions? The door's broken,
I'm afraid. But I opened up a window just above the door.
Sorry about this, but you'll have to climb through there.
* - Lash can be used to tie a rope to a stake near the window. Inside, on the
first floor:
Lunpa : Honestly, I'm amazed that anyone can travel so far across the world
in this age.
Say, Piers isn't with you! Er... why not?
Sheba : His mother passed away... He's gone to visit her grave.
Lunpa : Of course... His mother... He loved her dearly. A terrible loss...
It must be hard on him.
Well, Piers may not be here, but we still have much to discuss.
If Piers brought you, you must be working to break the seal on
Alchemy, right?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Lunpa : Ah, Piers has done quite well in finding you!
-(No)
Lunpa : That doesn't make sense... He wouldn't have brought you to Lemuria
if you weren't helping.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : What mission could the good King Hydros have assigned to Piers?
Lunpa : What? Piers has told you nothing of his mission?
* - Everyone nods.
Lunpa : ...Really?
* - They nod again.
Lunpa : So you actually have nothing at all to do with Alchemy!?
Jenna : Our parents were kidnapped by the Fire Clan, far to the north.
We are only firing the lighthouse beacons to gain their freedom...
Lunpa : King Hydros told me that Venus and Mercury have been ignited
once again. Was that your doing?
* - They nod.
Lunpa : I'm afraid I know nothing of any northern "Fire Clan."
* - He turns to Kraden.
Lunpa : But that doesn't explain you, sir. You're clearly not related to
these two. What are your goals?
Sheba : Kraden joined us on this quest on behalf of Lord Babi of Tolbi.
Lunpa : ...Babi? I only know of one man named Babi... But it couldn't...
Kraden : Master Lunpa, the Babi we speak of is the same man you knew
long ago.
Lunpa : Ah! So... he's still out there, living in the outside world?
Kraden : Well, that might not be the most accurate way of putting it.
Lunpa : Most... accurate? My, you certainly have an odd way of turning
a phrase...
Kraden : He was living, yes... Until recently, that is...
Lunpa : So, Babi passed away... But only recently, you say?
Kraden : When he finally ran out of his mystic draughts, his spirit began
to wane.
Lunpa : Then... I no longer know anyone in the world outside.
Jenna : But... Aren't you Lunpa, the Righteous Thief?
Lunpa : I was called that once, long, long ago. Why do you ask?
Jenna : I'll bet there's at least one person in the outside world whom you
still know.
Lunpa : Who would that be?
Jenna : There's a town called Lunpa in northern Angara. A man named Donpa
lives there.
Lunpa : I settled that village! And Donpa... He is my son...
Kraden : Now, your grandson, Dodonpa, rules over your village.
Lunpa : Rules? Rules is an ill-sounding word.
Jenna : But it's an accurate one, Lunpa. Dodonpa is an evil thief, who has
caused much trouble in Angara.
Lunpa : What has become of my son? How could he permit such a thing to
happen?
Kraden : Master Lunpa, don't you have any idea how old Donpa is?
* - Lunpa doesn't seem to.
Kraden : He is as I am. An old man... He may be older even than I.
Sheba : If this news outrages you, why don't you go and set Dodonpa
straight?
Lunpa : If only I could...
* - Jenna turns to Felix.
Jenna : Is this the only reason we're here? To bring news of the outside
world?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Lunpa : You are kind, Felix, but there are much more important matters
at hand.
-(No)
Lunpa : Yes, yes... I am sorry we were sidetracked. We have much more
to discuss...
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : But before we begin, there is one thing I must say...
You don't mind, do you, Felix?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
Kraden : Clearly, your judgment on this matter is fogged, Felix.
I must speak.
-(No)
Kraden : I knew you'd agree.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Kraden : I have discussed this with none but Felix, but... I have my own
reasons for this quest.
Sheba : What do you mean?
Kraden : Only that I have my own reasons for wanting to see the beacons lit
again...
Jenna : Why are you telling us all of this now?
Kraden : Because I feel this quest is deeply linked to Lemuria. I thought
it odd that Lord Babi shoulder order me to research Alchemy.
Sheba : Hey, wait a minute... Is this what you promised to tell us once we
reached Lemuria?
Kraden : Yes, yes... May I continue?
Long ago, before Alchemy's power was sealed... There were many
civilizations as advanced and cultivated as Lemuria. At the moment
that Alchemy was sealed away, most of those civilizations began to
wane... Until eventually, they vanished. I have formed certain
theories now, suggesting that this may be related to the seal on
Alchemy.
Jenna : Let me get this straight... You felt you couldn't tell us this
until we were in Lemuria?
* - Kraden nods.
Sheba : And you only wanted to come to Lemuria to test your theories and see
if they were true...
* - He nods again.
Jenna : But even if everything you said IS true, what does it all mean?
Lunpa : If your theories are correct, the world itself will wane and
vanish... Won't it, Kraden? Piers never spoke of this to you,
did he? If you came to this theory on your own, you are indeed
a wise scholar. We would do well to trust you.
Kraden : What do you mean?
Lunpa : King Hydros and I, as well as others in Lemuria, hold the same
beliefs that you do, Kraden.
Kraden : You do!?!
* - Lunpa nods.
Lunpa : Civilizations thrive by building upon the knowledge of the past.
Knowledge gained in one generation should be taken even further
by the next. Thus, knowledge and learning continue to grow.
This is the natural course of civilization.
But where is the world today? The great civilizations of old have
all withered and vanished. We are all isolated and alone. You have
encountered many cultures in your travels. Are any of them capable
of building the great sanctums and lighthouses you have seen?
No, they are not... But this is not the only sign of the decay
you have theorized...
I think it best that you hear the rest directly from His Majesty,
King Hydros. Yes, Kraden! We shall go to visit the king!
Kraden : Ah, but King Hydros is in counsel with Lord Conservato. We might not
be allowed in.
Lunpa : Conservato? That fool. He refuses to acknowledge what he can see
with his own eyes! I will meet with the kind and press our evidence
upon Conservato. Come with me!
* - He runs to the door, having forgotten that it's broken.
Lunpa : Gah! Stupid door!
* - He begins to glow...
Lunpa : HAHHH-AHH!
* - ...and rams the door, throwing it open.
Lunpa : Pah! At last, you are open!
* - He turns to the others.
Lunpa : To the king's chambers!
* - He takes off.
Sheba : Lunpa ought to be as old as Lord Babi was, but he has so much
energy!
Jenna : He's got a fire in him.
Kraden : I do wish I could have heard more about Lord Babi, though. But come,
Felix! To the king's palace we go!
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
$# Social Script #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#$#
[ Lunpa's tower ]
Bookcase 1:{O} There's a book called "The Great Adventures of Lunpa."
...Written by Lunpa, no less. "When the great flood came,
we fled our homes by boat. Waves engulfed our ships.
We came to in a strange land called Lemuria."
Bookcase 2:{O} I found a letter from Babi. On the outside, it reads,
"To my dear friend Lunpa." Babi wrote, "Forgive me, Lunpa,
but I must leave the island without you."
[ Palace - Outside ]
Guard 1 :{S} King Hydros awaits you. You are free to enter.
{M} They are clearly using Psynergy, which makes them Adepts...
But are they so important that High Highness must make time
for them right away?
Guard 2 :{S} High Highness, the king, has instructed that we let you pass.
You are welcome here.
{M} What does High Highness have in mind? Piers, his friends,
and Lunpa are all here.
[ Palace - Inside ]
[001] :{S} If you seek the counsel of High Highness, the kind, follow the
passage to the doors at the end.
{M} Oh, dear! Using Psynergy in the palace of the good King Hydros!?
What ill-mannered buffoons!
[002] :{S} High Highness never leaves a meeting with Conservato in a
good mood. Good luck.
{M} High Highness, the king, is most temperamental, which is a rare
trait in Lemurians. Lord Conservato is calm and collected,
like a true Lemurian.
[003] :{S} Conservato and the king were yelling so loudly, that I could
hear them from out here.
{M} Lord Conservato only raises his voice when he speaks with the
king. Their debates frighten me. I can't stand the yelling.
-----
[004] :{S} King Hydros is the wisest of all the Lemurian kings... But I
understand why Conservato and his senate oppose the king's plans.
{M} High Highness is worried that Lemuria will with away. What a
ridiculous notion!
Bookcase 1:{O} Here's a book called "Alchemy and Ancient Civilization: Part I."
"Through the use of Alchemy, civilization undergoes great growth
and improvement.
Bookcase 2:{O} Here's a book called "Alchemy and Ancient Civilization: Part II."
"Those who master Alchemy shall master the world."
Bookcase 3:{O} Here's a book called "The Great Lemurian People." "The chosen
master of water will be a native son of Lemuria."
Bookcase 4:{O} Here's a book called "Elemental Lighthouses." It reads,
"The beacons of the four elemental lighthouses brighten the
fringes of Weyard."
Bookcase 5:{O} Here's a book called "The History of Lemuria." An excerpt:
"Only traces of the once-brilliant land of Lemuria remain today."
-----
Wardrobe :{O} What the--!!! What's with all these bathrobes?!? Where are
the baths?
-----
[005] :{S} The senate holds King Hydros in poor regard because he favors
Lunpa's wisdom over their own.
{M} I trust the king. If His Majesty is wrong, the fault lies with
Lunpa, not with him.
-----
[006] :{S} He is still in chambers with Lord Conservato. Why is he granting
them entrance?
{M} Lord Conservato holds the most power in Lemuria after the king.
I don't think he'll take kindly to the advice of outworlders
like these.
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
$# Palace #$
#$#$#$#$#$#$#$
* - In the hallway leading to Hydros's chamber:
Guard : You are Lord Felix, correct?
-----------------------------------------------------------
-(Yes)
* - The guard steps aside.
-(No)
Guard : Then you have no business here! His Majesty is involved in a most
important meeting right now.
-----------------------------------------------------------
* - Felix's group enters the king's chamber. Piers has also come.
Hydros : It would seem the warriors of which you spoke have arrived.
Lunpa : So it would, Your Highness. I shall call them to us immediately.
Hydros : There is no need, Lunpa. Let us go to them.
Conservato: Hydros! Would you see me dishonored thus? They ought to present
themselves to us!
Hydros : I do not go to present myself to them, Conservato. I am merely goi